WO2018027997A1 - Uplink signal transmission method, terminal device, and network device - Google Patents

Uplink signal transmission method, terminal device, and network device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018027997A1
WO2018027997A1 PCT/CN2016/095066 CN2016095066W WO2018027997A1 WO 2018027997 A1 WO2018027997 A1 WO 2018027997A1 CN 2016095066 W CN2016095066 W CN 2016095066W WO 2018027997 A1 WO2018027997 A1 WO 2018027997A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
subframe
uplink
channel
terminal device
information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2016/095066
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
李�远
官磊
闫志宇
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2016/095066 priority Critical patent/WO2018027997A1/en
Priority to CN201680088328.0A priority patent/CN109565797A/en
Publication of WO2018027997A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018027997A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • the terminal device determines, according to the first control information and the second control information, that The first uplink channel transmits the first HARQ-ACK, and the second uplink channel transmits the second HARQ-ACK.
  • the first uplink control information includes channel state information CSI.
  • the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are in the same uplink transmission on the unlicensed spectrum.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides an uplink signal transmission method, including:
  • the network device determines, according to the second control information, the third control information, that Receiving, by the uplink channel, the first uplink information sent by the terminal device, and receiving, by the second uplink channel, the second HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device.
  • the first uplink control information includes at least one of the following: a sounding reference signal SRS, and channel state information CSI.
  • the first uplink control information includes channel state information CSI.
  • the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel occupy different time domain resources.
  • the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are in the same uplink transmission on the unlicensed spectrum.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides an uplink signal transmission method, including:
  • the terminal device Receiving, by the terminal device, the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device sends an uplink sounding reference signal on the first symbol of the first subframe;
  • the terminal device performs channel idle evaluation according to the first window length; the channel idle evaluation is used to determine whether the uplink sounding reference signal is allowed to be sent on the first symbol of the first subframe;
  • the terminal device When the channel idle evaluation is successful, the terminal device sends the uplink sounding reference signal on the first symbol of the first subframe according to the first indication information.
  • the terminal device sends the received by the base station After indicating the first indication information that the terminal device sends the uplink SRS on the first symbol of the first subframe, determining, according to the subframe information of the first subframe, the contention window length of the terminal device performing channel idle evaluation, thereby The terminal device may perform the channel idle evaluation according to the contention window length to improve the probability that the terminal device completes the channel idle evaluation process before the first symbol of the first subframe starts, so that the terminal device can successfully verify the channel idleness.
  • the uplink SRS is successfully sent on the first symbol of the first subframe, which improves the success rate of transmitting the uplink SRS, thereby improving the resource utilization of the uplink channel and improving the utilization of the unlicensed spectrum resource.
  • the subframe type is a special subframe or a normal subframe.
  • the terminal device may obtain, by the base station, first indication information that is sent by the base station to instruct the terminal device to send the uplink SRS on the first symbol of the first subframe, and according to the first subframe.
  • the subframe information determines a contention window length that the terminal device performs the channel idle evaluation, so that the terminal device can perform the channel idle evaluation according to the contention window length, so that the terminal device can complete the channel before the first symbol of the first subframe starts.
  • the probability of the idle evaluation process so that the terminal device can successfully send the uplink SRS on the first symbol of the first subframe when the CCA evaluation is successful, thereby improving the success rate of transmitting the uplink SRS, thereby improving the resource utilization of the uplink channel.
  • the subframe information of the first subframe includes: a subframe type of the first subframe
  • the length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a second preset value; and the first preset value is smaller than the second preset value.
  • the subframe information of the first subframe includes: a number of downlink symbols in the first subframe
  • mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes:
  • the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is a third preset value
  • the subframe information of the first subframe includes: a subframe type of the first subframe and a downlink symbol in the first subframe Quantity
  • the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is The sixth preset value
  • the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is a seventh preset value
  • the fifth preset value is greater than the sixth preset value, and the fifth preset value is less than or equal to the seventh preset value.
  • the method before the determining, by the terminal device, the first window length according to the subframe information of the first subframe, the method further includes:
  • the terminal device acquires subframe information of the first subframe.
  • the terminal device performs channel idle evaluation according to the first window length, including:
  • a first determining module configured to: when the third control information indicates that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, determine, according to the second control information, the third control information, The first uplink channel receives the first uplink information sent by the terminal device, and receives the second HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device on the second uplink channel.
  • the first uplink channel is a first extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH
  • the second uplink channel is a second ePUCCH
  • a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH is a possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect.
  • the second downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK includes the first downlink data channel set corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal device, where the terminal device includes:
  • mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes:
  • the length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a second preset value; and the first preset value is smaller than the second preset value.
  • the subframe information of the first subframe includes: a number of downlink symbols in the first subframe
  • mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes:
  • mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes:
  • the first uplink channel is a short physical uplink control channel sPUCCH
  • the second uplink channel is an extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH, or physical uplink sharing Channel PUSCH.
  • the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel occupy different time domain resources.
  • a processor configured to determine, according to the second control information, the third control information, a control receiver when the third control information indicates that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel Receiving, by the first uplink channel, the first uplink information sent by the terminal device, and controlling, by the receiver, the second HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device on the second uplink channel.
  • a processor configured to acquire first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device sends an uplink sounding reference signal on a first symbol of the first subframe;
  • a transmitter configured to: according to the first indication information, when the channel idle evaluation succeeds Transmitting the uplink sounding reference signal on the first symbol of the first subframe.
  • the subframe type is a special subframe or a normal subframe.
  • the subframe information of the first subframe includes: a subframe type of the first subframe
  • the length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a second preset value; and the first preset value is smaller than the second preset value.
  • the subframe information of the first subframe includes: a number of downlink symbols in the first subframe
  • mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes:
  • the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is a third preset value
  • the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is a fourth preset value; The value is greater than the fourth preset value.
  • the subframe information of the first subframe includes: a subframe type of the first subframe and a downlink symbol in the first subframe Quantity
  • mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes:
  • the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is a seventh preset value
  • the processor is further configured to acquire the first sub-length before determining the first window length according to the subframe information of the first subframe Subframe information of the frame.
  • the processor is specifically configured to determine a random backoff count initial value of the channel idle evaluation according to the first window length, and perform channel idle evaluation according to the random backoff count initial value.
  • the terminal device receives the first control information for instructing the terminal device to send the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel, and receives the indication terminal.
  • the device sends the second control information of the second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel, and when receiving the third control information indicating that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, the terminal device may be configured according to the second control information.
  • the third control information determines that the first uplink information is sent on the first uplink channel and the second HARQ-ACK is sent on the second uplink channel, so as to effectively utilize the uplink control channel, the resource utilization of the uplink transmission is improved. If the uplink transmission is an uplink transmission of an unlicensed spectrum, the utilization of the unlicensed spectrum resource can be improved.
  • FIG. 1 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 1 of an uplink signal transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • Embodiment 2 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 2 of an uplink signal transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 3 of an uplink signal transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 4 of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 6 of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the terminal device may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or other processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • the wireless terminal can communicate with one or more core networks via a Radio Access Network (RAN), which can be a mobile terminal, such as a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) and a computer with a mobile terminal.
  • RAN Radio Access Network
  • RAN can be a mobile terminal, such as a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) and a computer with a mobile terminal.
  • RAN Radio Access Network
  • it may be a portable, pocket, handheld, computer built-in or in-vehicle mobile device that exchanges language and/or data with a wireless access network.
  • a wireless terminal may also be called a system, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, an access point, or an access point.
  • Remote Terminal Remote Terminal
  • Access Terminal Access Terminal
  • User Terminal User Agent
  • User Device User Equipment
  • the uplink signal transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present invention is applicable to a scenario in which a terminal device in any wireless communication system sends an uplink signal on an unlicensed spectrum.
  • the wireless communication system referred to here may be, for example, a 2G communication system, a 3G communication system, an LTE communication system, a 4G communication system, a 5G communication system, or the like.
  • the terminal device in the LTE system sends an uplink signal on the unlicensed spectrum.
  • the terminal device in the LTE system sends an uplink signal on the unlicensed spectrum.
  • the MulteFire standard further implements the uplink and downlink transmission of the LTE system completely in the unlicensed spectrum, so that the uplink and downlink transmissions are no longer dependent on the assistance of the licensed spectrum.
  • the MulteFire supports the terminal device to send the extended physical uplink control channel (ePUCCH) to the base station in the 1ms subframe.
  • ePUCCH extended physical uplink control channel
  • the short physical uplink control channel sPUCCH, short Physical Uplink Control Channel
  • the sPUCCH can carry the SRS, the physical random access channel (Physical Random Access Channel, PRACH), the scheduling request (Scheduling Request, SR), and the Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Acknowledge (abbreviation). : HARQ-ACK), one or more uplink control information in channel state information (CSI).
  • the base station may send the one or more uplink control information in the sPUCCH by using the CPDCCH configuration terminal device.
  • the base station may notify the terminal device by using an explicit CPDCCH control bit, or may cause the terminal device to determine whether to send the number according to the number of the tail subframe symbols indicated by the CPDCCH by using an implicit notification manner.
  • Send HARQ-ACK Send HARQ-ACK.
  • the ePUCCH may carry one or more uplink control information such as PRACH, SR, HARQ-ACK, and CSI.
  • the base station may send the one or more uplink control information in the ePUCCH by using the CPDCCH configuration terminal device, and may also instruct the terminal device to send the one or more uplink control information by using the uplink grant UL grant.
  • the base station may instruct the terminal device to feed back the HARQ-ACK in the sPUCCH, and also instruct the terminal device to The HARQ-ACK is fed back in the ePUCCH in the same uplink transmission, so that the terminal may feed back the HARQ-ACK in both the sPUCCH and the ePUCCH in one uplink transmission, that is, the HARQ-ACK is fed back twice in a short time.
  • the downlink data channel set corresponding to the HARQ-ACK fed back in the ePUCCH includes the downlink data channel set corresponding to the HARQ-ACK fed back by the sPUCCH, and therefore, how the terminal equipment is in the same uplink transmission sPUCCH and ePUCCH
  • the feedback of HARQ-ACK in order to effectively utilize the resources of the uplink control channel is an urgent problem to be solved.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device is configured with two uplink channels that can carry the HARQ-ACK in the same uplink transmission, the terminal device may send other uplink control information according to the received indication.
  • the third control information on one of the uplink channels of the same uplink transmission, abandons the transmission of the HARQ-ACK, but sends other uplink control information, thereby achieving the purpose of effectively utilizing the channel resources and avoiding waste of resources.
  • FIG. 1 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 1 of an uplink signal transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the first embodiment relates to how the terminal device determines, according to the second control information and the third control information, the first uplink channel after receiving the first control information, the second control information, and the third control information that are sent by the network device. Sending the first uplink information to the network device and the second uplink channel to the network The specific process in which the device sends the second HARQ-ACK.
  • the method includes:
  • the first control information indicates that the terminal device sends a first hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel, and the second control information instructs the terminal device to send the second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel.
  • the network device may configure, by using the first control information and the second control information, two different uplink channels that can carry the HARQ-ACK, that is, the first uplink channel and the second uplink, for the same terminal device. channel.
  • the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel may be, for example, as shown in Table 1 below:
  • Second upstream channel 1 sPUCCH ePUCCH 2 sPUCCH PUSCH 3 First ePUCCH Second ePUCCH 4 ePUCCH PUSCH
  • the first control information may be explicit control information, and may also be implicit control information.
  • the implicit control information refers to the first control information and does not directly indicate that the terminal device is in the first uplink channel. Sending the first HARQ-ACK, but implicitly instructing the terminal device to send the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel by indicating other related indication content.
  • the first control information may include the control information carried in the RRC (Radio Resource Control) signaling and the control information carried in the PDCCH notification signaling.
  • the foregoing first control information may be classified into the following five cases:
  • the first control information includes cell-specific signaling information carried in the PDCCH, and the foregoing cell-specific signaling may be for all active terminal devices in the cell (for example, active UE, or RRC_connected UE)
  • the signaling information may indicate that all activated terminal devices including the terminal device transmit the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel.
  • the foregoing first control information includes control information carried in the CPDCCH. At this time, the first The control information can be displayed control information or implicit control information.
  • the foregoing first control information may also be control information indicating the number of downlink tail subframe symbols in the CPDCCH, so that the first control information may implicitly indicate that the terminal device sends the first uplink channel according to the number of downlink tail subframe symbols.
  • HARQ-ACK For example, when the number of downlink subframe symbols is indicated to be less than a predefined value (for example, 9 or 10), the terminal device is instructed to send the first HARQ-ACK or the like on the first uplink channel.
  • the first control information includes time domain resource information (explicit control information) for transmitting HARQ-ACK configured by the network device carried in the RRC signaling for the terminal device.
  • the RRC signaling may be configured by the network device to configure the terminal device to send the HARQ-ACK time domain resource, and then instruct the terminal device to send the first HARQ-ACK and the like on the first uplink channel.
  • the first control information includes one of user-specific signaling information, group-specific signaling information, and the like carried in the PDCCH.
  • the specific signaling information may indicate that the terminal device transmits the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel.
  • the user-specific signaling information mentioned above may be signaling information for a specific terminal device, and the group-specific signaling information may be for a specific group of terminal devices (including at least two Signaling information of the terminal device).
  • the foregoing specific signaling information may be included in a DL grant or a UL grant.
  • the first control information may include: control information carried in the CPDCCH, and resource information for transmitting the HARQ-ACK configured by the network device carried in the RRC signaling for the terminal device (indicating the frequency domain/code domain/ At least one of the spatial domains, or the network information included in the specific signaling information carried in the PDCCH is the HARQ-ACK resource information (one of the frequency domain/code domain/space domain configured for the terminal device) a plurality of) to instruct the terminal device to send the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel.
  • the first control information may include: control information carried in the CPDCCH, and available resource information of the plurality of HARQ-ACKs that are configured by the network device carried in the RRC signaling for the terminal device (indicating the frequency domain/ The at least one of the code domain/the spatial domain, the specific signaling information carried in the PDCCH, instructing the terminal device to use the available resource in the RRC signaling to send the HARQ-ACK, to instruct the terminal device to send the first uplink channel.
  • a HARQ-ACK that is, only the RRC signaling indicates a plurality of available resources, and the specific signaling information carried in the PDCCH indicates which available resource is used, and the control information in the CPDCCH also indicates that the terminal device sends the HARQ-ACK.
  • the specific signaling information carried in the PDCCH may include an Acknowledgment Resource Indicator (AR) in the DL grant, which is used to indicate which available resource in the RRC signaling is used by the terminal device to send the HARQ. -ACK.
  • AR Acknowledgment Resource Indicator
  • the first control information may be classified into the following five situations:
  • the first control information includes one of user-specific signaling information, group-specific signaling information, and the like carried in the PDCCH.
  • the specific signaling information may indicate that the terminal device transmits the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel.
  • the first control information includes an uplink grant UL grant notification signaling carried in the PDCCH, and if the second uplink channel is an ePUCCH or a PUSCH indicated by the UL grant, the terminal device may determine that the terminal device is configured according to the signaling included in the UL grant.
  • the HARQ-ACK is transmitted on the uplink resource of the corresponding ePUCCH or PUSCH.
  • the second control channel may be, for example, control information carried in the UL grant.
  • the foregoing third control information is used to indicate whether the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel.
  • the first uplink information may be specifically determined according to the first uplink channel. For example, if the first uplink channel is an sPUCCH, the first uplink information may include one or more of SRS, PRACH, SR, CSI, and the like. . If the first uplink channel is an ePUCCH, the first uplink information may include one or more of PRACH, SR, CSI, and the like.
  • the third control information may be carried in the same signaling as the first control information, or may be carried in different signaling and sent to the terminal, and may be determined according to an actual usage scenario.
  • the terminal device receives the first control information, the second control information, and the third control information.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the second control information and the third control information, that the first uplink information is sent to the network device on the first uplink channel. Sending a second to the network device on the second uplink channel HARQ-ACK.
  • the downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK includes a downlink data channel set corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK.
  • the second HARQ-ACK corresponding to the second downlink data channel set refers to: the second HARQ-ACK includes a receiving state for the second downlink data channel set; considering that the HARQ-ACK of the second uplink channel bearer may include at least The receiving state of a downlink data channel, so the second downlink data channel set includes at least one downlink data channel, each downlink data channel corresponds to one HARQ process, and different downlink data channels correspond to different HARQ processes.
  • the first downlink data channel set and the second downlink data channel set may include overlapping downlink data channels, that is, the same downlink data channel may be It is included in both the first downlink data channel set and the second downlink data channel set.
  • the terminal device sends the HARQ on the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel, -ACK (the first HARQ and the second HARQ are sent separately), the receiving state of the HARQ information for the downlink data channel is the same, so that the network device can receive the correctly received uplink even if one of the uplink channels is lost.
  • the HARQ-ACK information of the downlink data channel is obtained in the channel.
  • the second downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK includes the first downlink data channel set corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK, where all data channels in the first downlink data channel set appear in the second downlink data. In the channel set.
  • the network device can receive the second HARQ, the network device can obtain the receiving status of all the downlink data channels, and does not need to receive the first one.
  • the terminal device may discard the first HARQ and send the first uplink control information.
  • the receiving status of the data channel is an Acknowledgement (ACK) or a Negative Acknowledgement (NACK).
  • the receiving status of the data channel is ACK, NACK, or Discontinuous Transmission (DTX). For example, if the terminal device determines that a certain data channel is received correctly, the corresponding receiving state is ACK; or, if the terminal device determines that the data channel receives an error, the receiving state is NACK; or the terminal device determines that the data channel is not received, The receiving status is DTX; or, if the terminal device determines that the data channel is not received, the receiving status is NACK, that is, the NACK indicates that the data channel is not received.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the second control information, the third control information, that the first uplink is sent on the first uplink channel.
  • Information transmitting a second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel. That is, the terminal device abandons sending the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel, but transmits the first uplink information.
  • the downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK includes the downlink data channel set corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK. Therefore, in this manner, the terminal device can still send the first HARQ-ACK including the first HARQ-ACK to the network device.
  • the method of the second HARQ-ACK is to enable the network device to still obtain the information of the first HARQ-ACK.
  • the first uplink information can be sent through the first uplink channel, and the transmission opportunity of the first uplink information is increased.
  • the purpose of effectively utilizing the uplink control channel improves the resource utilization of the uplink transmission.
  • the first uplink information is an SRS
  • the first uplink channel is an sPUCCH.
  • the network device configures the terminal device to send the first HARQ-ACK and the SRS on the sPUCCH by using the first control information and the third control information. And configuring, by using the second control information, the terminal device to send the second HARQ-ACK on the sPUCCH. Since the priority of the HARQ-ACK is high, the terminal device sends the first HARQ-ACK instead of transmitting the SRS in the sPUCCH, and transmits the second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel.
  • the HARQ-ACK the terminal device sends the SRS on the sPUCCH, and discards the first HARQ-ACK, and sends the second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel. Since the downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK includes the downlink data channel set corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK, the network device may learn the first HARQ-ACK by receiving the second HARQ-ACK, and may also The SRS is received through the sPUCCH, which increases the transmission opportunity of the SRS, improves the channel detection, achieves the purpose of effectively utilizing the uplink control channel, and improves the resource utilization of the uplink transmission. If the uplink transmission is an uplink transmission of an unlicensed spectrum, the utilization of the unlicensed spectrum resource can be improved.
  • the first uplink information is used as the CSI/SR, and the first uplink channel is the sPUCCH or the ePUCCH.
  • the network device configures the terminal device to send on the first uplink channel by using the first control information and the third control information.
  • the first HARQ-ACK and the CSI/SR configure the terminal device to send the second HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel by using the second control information.
  • the network device high-layer signaling configuration does not allow simultaneous transmission of CSI/SR and HARQ-ACK, since the priority of the HARQ-ACK is high, the terminal device will abandon the CSI/SR on the first uplink channel but send the first.
  • the manner of transmitting the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel causes waste of resources of the uplink control channel.
  • the network device configures the terminal device to send the first HARQ-ACK and the CSI/SR on the first uplink channel by using the first control information and the third control information, the second control is performed.
  • the information configuration terminal device sends the second HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel, and the terminal device sends the CSI/SR on the first uplink channel, and discards the first HARQ-ACK, and sends the second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel. . Since the downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK includes the downlink data channel set corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK, the network device may learn the first HARQ-ACK by receiving the second HARQ-ACK, and further The CSI/SR can be received through the first uplink channel, and the CSI/SR transmission opportunity is increased, and the purpose of effectively utilizing the uplink control channel is achieved, and the resource utilization of the uplink transmission is improved. If the uplink transmission is an uplink transmission of an unlicensed spectrum, the unlicensed spectrum can be improved. Utilization of resources.
  • the first uplink information is used as the CSI/SR, and the first uplink channel is the sPUCCH or the ePUCCH.
  • the network device configures the terminal device to send on the first uplink channel by using the first control information and the third control information.
  • the first HARQ-ACK and the CSI/SR configure the terminal device to send the second HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel by using the second control information.
  • the terminal device jointly encodes the CSI/SR and the first HARQ-ACK and transmits the first uplink channel on the second uplink.
  • the channel transmits a second HARQ-ACK.
  • the two signals simultaneously have more bit numbers than the CSI/SR only, resulting in an increase in the code rate and a decrease in the decoding performance.
  • the manner of transmitting CSI/SR and the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel increases the probability of transmission failure of the CSI/SR and the first HARQ-ACK, and causes the simultaneous transmission.
  • a HARQ-ACK and a second HARQ-ACK result in a waste of resources of the uplink control channel.
  • the network device configures the terminal device to send the first HARQ-ACK and the CSI/SR on the first uplink channel by using the first control information and the third control information
  • the second control is performed.
  • the information configuration terminal device sends the second HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel, and the terminal device sends the CSI/SR on the first uplink channel, and discards the first HARQ-ACK, and sends the second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel.
  • the network device may receive the first HARQ-ACK by receiving the second HARQ-ACK, The bit information of the HARQ-ACK is removed on the first uplink channel, the number of valid bits of the CSI/SR is reduced, the coding performance is improved, the transmission performance of the CSI/SR is increased, and the purpose of effectively utilizing the uplink control channel is achieved. Increased resource utilization for upstream transmissions. If the uplink transmission is an uplink transmission of an unlicensed spectrum, the utilization of the unlicensed spectrum resource can be improved.
  • the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are channels in the same uplink transmission, that is, the downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK includes the downlink data channel set corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK, and therefore, in the prior art,
  • the method of transmitting the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel causes waste of resources of the uplink control channel.
  • the network device configures the terminal device to send the first HARQ-ACK and the PRACH on the first uplink channel by using the first control information and the third control information
  • the second control information is configured by using the second control information.
  • the terminal device sends the second HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel, and the terminal device sends the PRACH on the first uplink channel, and discards the first HARQ-ACK, and sends the second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel. Since the downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK includes the downlink data channel set corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK, the network device may receive the first HARQ-ACK by receiving the second HARQ-ACK, and further The PRACH can be received through the first uplink channel, which increases the transmission opportunity of the PRACH, achieves the purpose of effectively utilizing the uplink control channel, and improves the resource utilization of the uplink transmission. If the uplink transmission is an uplink transmission of an unlicensed spectrum, the utilization of the unlicensed spectrum resource can be improved.
  • the uplink signal transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present invention is described, but those skilled in the art may understand that the foregoing first uplink is used.
  • the information may also include a plurality of information, and the specific implementation manner and technical effects thereof are similar to the above examples, and details are not described herein again.
  • the base station determines, according to the second control information and the third control information, the first uplink information that is sent by the terminal device on the first uplink channel. And receiving, by the second uplink channel, a second HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device.
  • S103 and S104 are in no particular order.
  • S103 may be executed first and then S104 may be executed.
  • S104 may be executed first and then S103 may be performed, and S103 and S104 may be simultaneously executed.
  • the terminal device sends the first uplink information to the network device on the first uplink channel, and sends the second HARQ-ACK to the network device on the second uplink channel.
  • the terminal device sends the first uplink information to the network device on the first uplink channel and the second HARQ-ACK to the network device on the second uplink channel.
  • the network device receives the first uplink information sent by the terminal device on the first uplink channel, and receives the second HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device on the second uplink channel.
  • the terminal device receives the first control information for indicating that the terminal device sends the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel, and receives the indication that the terminal device is in the second uplink channel.
  • Sending the second control information of the second HARQ-ACK, and receiving the third control information indicating that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel the terminal device may be configured according to the second control information and the third control information, Determining that the first uplink information is sent on the first uplink channel and the second HARQ-ACK is sent on the second uplink channel, so as to effectively utilize the uplink control channel, the resource utilization of the uplink transmission is improved. If the uplink transmission is an uplink transmission of an unlicensed spectrum, the utilization of the unlicensed spectrum resource can be improved.
  • FIG. 2 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 2 of an uplink signal transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the second embodiment relates to how, after acquiring the first control information, the second control information, and the third control information, the terminal device determines, according to the first control information and the second control information, that the first HARQ is sent on the first uplink channel.
  • - ACK a specific process of transmitting a second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel.
  • the method may further include:
  • the network device sends the first control information, the second control information, and the third control information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the first control information, the second control information, and the third control information.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the first control information, the second control information, that the first uplink channel is sent. A HARQ-ACK, transmitting a second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel.
  • the terminal device may send the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel, which improves the resource utilization of the uplink transmission.
  • the transmission reliability of the HARQ-ACK is improved, thereby increasing the number of times the terminal device transmits the HARQ-ACK, thereby increasing the probability that the network device receives the HARQ-ACK.
  • the network device determines, according to the first control information and the second control information, the first HARQ sent by the terminal device on the first uplink channel. - ACK, receiving the second HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device on the second uplink channel.
  • S203 and S204 are in no particular order. For example, S203 may be executed first and then S204 may be executed. S204 may be performed first and then S203 may be performed, and S203 and S204 may be simultaneously executed.
  • the terminal device sends the first HARQ-ACK to the network device on the first uplink channel, and sends the second HARQ-ACK to the network device on the second uplink channel.
  • the network device receives the first HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device on the first uplink channel, and receives the second HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device on the second uplink channel.
  • the second HARQ-ACK improves the transmission reliability of the HARQ-ACK on the basis of improving the resource utilization of the uplink transmission, thereby improving the number of times the terminal device transmits the HARQ-ACK, thereby improving the HARQ received by the network device.
  • the probability of ACK is the probability of ACK.
  • the foregoing uplink transmission may specifically be at least one temporally consecutive or discontinuous uplink subframe configured by the network device.
  • the uplink subframe referred to herein may be a complete subframe including 14 symbols, or may be a partial subframe smaller than 14 symbols, for example, a subframe transmitting sPUCCH or an ePUCCH transmitting only 12 or 13 uplink symbols.
  • PUSCH uplink subframe It should be noted that the above-mentioned temporally consecutive uplink subframes mean that the at least one uplink subframe is continuous from the perspective of the network device, and may be discontinuous for a certain terminal device.
  • the network device allocates consecutive uplink subframes #1, #2, #3, and #4 to the terminal device 1, the terminal device 2, the terminal device 3, and the terminal device 1 as uplink control channels or uplink traffic channels, respectively.
  • the uplink subframes #2 and #3 are not allocated to the terminal device 1
  • the uplink subframes #1 and #4 used by the terminal device 1 are intermittent, but #1 and #4 are in the The network device side is continuous, so it is still considered that the subframes #1 and #4 used by the terminal device are subframes in the same uplink transmission.
  • the above-mentioned temporally discontinuous uplink subframes means that there are at least one discontinuous uplink subframe from the perspective of the network device, but there are no downlink subframes between the discontinuous uplink subframes, for example, for consecutive Subframes #1, #2, #3, #4, the network device assigns #1, #2, #4 to the terminal device 1, the terminal device 2, and the terminal device 1 as the uplink control channel or the uplink traffic channel, respectively, while retaining #3 is idle, so it is still considered that the subframes #1 and #4 used by the terminal device are subframes in the same uplink transmission.
  • the terminal device may indicate, by using the network device, whether the configuration is in the same uplink transmission.
  • the sPUCCH includes an uplink control channel whose occupied time domain resource is shorter than the shortest time domain resource length occupied by the ePUCCH, for example, the time domain resource occupied by the sPUCCH is 4 SC-FDMA (Single Carrier-Frequency Division Multiple Access) symbols; ePUCCH
  • the occupied time domain resources are 12 or 13 or 14 SC-FDMA symbols, and the shortest time domain resource length is 12 SC-FDMA symbols.
  • the terminal device receives the first control information for indicating that the terminal device sends the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel, and receives the indication that the terminal device is in the second uplink channel.
  • Sending the second control information of the second HARQ-ACK, and receiving the third control information indicating that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel the terminal device may be configured according to the second control information and the third control information, Determining that the first uplink information is sent on the first uplink channel and the second HARQ-ACK is sent on the second uplink channel, so as to effectively utilize the uplink control channel, the resource utilization of the uplink transmission is improved. If the uplink transmission is an uplink transmission of an unlicensed spectrum, the utilization of the unlicensed spectrum resource can be improved.
  • the channel idle evaluation performed by the terminal device can be divided into two evaluation types:
  • Second evaluation type The terminal device randomly selects a random number between 0 and CW p as the initial value of the random backoff count.
  • the terminal device then performs channel tracking of single slots one by one in sequence. If the terminal device determines that the channel is idle in the single-slot channel listening time, the random back-off count value is decremented by one; if the terminal device determines that the channel is busy in the single-slot listening time, the random back-off count value is temporarily Do not lose 1.
  • the terminal device may determine that the final channel evaluation result is successful, and the terminal device is allowed to send data on the channel; otherwise, the terminal device is not used until the random backoff count value is reduced to 0. Allow data to be sent on this channel.
  • the base station and the terminal device are allowed to use the unlicensed frequency band to transmit data in the channel idle evaluation result, but the length of time for transmitting the data in the unlicensed frequency band is limited. Currently, the length of time It is the Maximum Channel Occupancy Time (MCOT).
  • MCOT Maximum Channel Occupancy Time
  • the terminal device when the terminal device sends the aperiodic uplink SRS to the base station, if the uplink resource allocated by the base station for the terminal device (that is, the transmission time of the uplink SRS) is within the MCOT of the base station, the terminal device may send the uplink SRS.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart diagram of Embodiment 3 of an uplink signal transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the third embodiment relates to a specific process of determining, by the terminal device, the length of the first window according to the subframe information of the first subframe after acquiring the first indication information. As shown in FIG. 3, the method includes:
  • the terminal device may obtain first indication information that is sent by the base station to instruct the terminal device to send the uplink SRS on the first symbol of the first subframe.
  • the first subframe may be any subframe that can send an uplink signal, for example, a special subframe or a normal subframe.
  • the first symbol of the first subframe may be any one of the first subframes that can send an uplink signal.
  • the first symbol of the first subframe may be, for example, the last of the first subframe. a symbol.
  • the first indication information that is sent by the base station is obtained by the foregoing terminal device.
  • the first indication information may be obtained by receiving the DCI signaling sent by the base station.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the subframe information of the first subframe, a first window length.
  • the first window length is a contention window length of the terminal device performing channel idle evaluation; and the subframe information packet of the first subframe. Including at least one of the following: the subframe type of the first subframe, and the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe.
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the first indication information, that the uplink SRS needs to be sent on the first symbol of the first subframe, and determine the terminal according to the subframe information of the first subframe.
  • the device performs the contention window length of the channel idle evaluation, that is, the first window length, so that the terminal device may complete the channel before the time of the first symbol of the first subframe when performing the channel idle evaluation using the first window length.
  • the idle evaluation process so that the terminal device can successfully send the uplink SRS on the first symbol of the first subframe according to the first indication information when the channel idle evaluation succeeds, thereby improving the success rate of transmitting the uplink SRS.
  • the embodiment does not limit how the terminal device determines the first window length according to the subframe information of the first subframe.
  • the terminal device may use the subframe information of the first subframe and the preset subframe information.
  • the mapping between the lengths of the windows determines the length of the first window, and the length of the first window is obtained from the upper layer according to the subframe information of the first subframe.
  • the subframe information of the foregoing first subframe includes at least one of the following: a subframe type of the first subframe, and a downlink symbol number in the first subframe.
  • the subframe type of the first subframe mentioned here may be, for example, a special subframe or a normal subframe.
  • the special subframe may be the last subframe in the downlink burst
  • the first partial symbol in the special subframe is a downlink symbol used for transmitting downlink information
  • the second partial symbol is The upstream symbol used for uplink information when it occurs. That is, the base station may send the downlink data by using the first part of the special subframe, and the terminal device may send the uplink data by using the second part of the special subframe.
  • the sum of the number of the first partial symbol and the second partial symbol is less than or equal to the total number of symbols of a special subframe.
  • the first part of the symbol is located in front of the second part of the symbol in time.
  • the number of symbols included in the first partial symbol may be, for example, one of 3, 6, 9, 10, 11, and 12.
  • the subframe information of the foregoing first subframe may include: the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe.
  • the first subframe is a special subframe, and the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is 0. , indicating that the first subframe is a normal subframe.
  • the subframe information of the first subframe may also include: a subframe type of the first subframe, a downlink symbol number in the first subframe, and the like.
  • the terminal device performs channel idle evaluation according to the first window length.
  • the channel idle evaluation is used to determine whether the uplink sounding reference signal is allowed to be sent on the first symbol of the first subframe.
  • the terminal device may perform channel idle evaluation according to the first window length to determine whether the uplink sounding reference signal is allowed to be sent on the first symbol of the first subframe.
  • the terminal device performs the channel idle evaluation according to the first window length.
  • the terminal device determines the initial value of the random backoff count of the channel idle evaluation according to the first window length. And performing channel idle evaluation based on the initial value of the random backoff count.
  • the terminal device sends an uplink sounding reference signal on the first symbol of the first subframe according to the first indication information when the channel idle evaluation succeeds.
  • the terminal device when the channel idle evaluation succeeds, the terminal device indicates that the resource transmission information of the first symbol in the first subframe on the unlicensed spectrum is allowed to be occupied. In this case, the terminal device may be based on the first indication information.
  • the uplink SRS is transmitted on the first symbol of the first subframe indicated by the first indication information. If the terminal device channel idle evaluation fails, the terminal device does not send the uplink sounding reference signal on the first symbol of the first subframe according to the first indication information.
  • the above channel idle evaluation is used to determine whether it is allowed to transmit an uplink sounding reference signal on the first symbol of the first subframe.
  • the success of the channel idle evaluation refers to that the terminal device reduces the random backoff count value determined according to the first window length to 0 before the first symbol of the first subframe, and determines that the first symbol on the unlicensed spectrum is allowed to transmit the uplink information.
  • the channel idle evaluation failure refers to that the random backoff count value determined by the terminal device according to the first window length before the first symbol of the first subframe has not been reduced to 0, and it is determined that the first symbol transmission on the unlicensed spectrum is not allowed to be used. Uplink information.
  • the terminal device when the first indication information indicates that the terminal device sends the uplink SRS on the first symbol of the first subframe, if the first subframe is a special subframe, the terminal device is in accordance with the first indication information.
  • the time period before the first symbol used by the terminal device is completed.
  • the channel idle evaluation process that is, the random backoff count value determined according to the channel idle evaluation contention window length is reduced to zero.
  • the terminal device needs It is possible to be in the channel when the 13th symbol of the first subframe completes the channel idle evaluation process and transitions from the received signal state to the transmitted signal state.
  • the idle evaluation is successful, that is, if the evaluation result is the resource transmission information that is allowed to occupy the first symbol, the uplink SRS is transmitted on the first symbol.
  • the length of the contention window used by the terminal device to perform CCA is greater than the length of one symbol
  • the length of time corresponding to the initial value of the random backoff count generated by the terminal device according to the contention window length may be greater than one symbol.
  • the length of time may be greater than one symbol.
  • the terminal device may complete the channel idle evaluation in the 13th symbol, And from the receiving state to the transmitting state, the uplink SRS is sent in the first symbol.
  • the corresponding L in the above formula needs to be less than 3.93. That is to say, the initial value of the random backoff count generated by the terminal device in using the contention window cannot be greater than 4, so that the channel idle evaluation process can be completed in the 13th symbol and switched from the receiving state to the transmitting state.
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the subframe information of the first subframe, the length of the contention window for performing channel idle evaluation, so that the terminal device may select a contention window adapted to the first subframe. Length to perform channel idle evaluation, thereby improving the probability that the terminal device can complete the process of channel idle evaluation before the first symbol of the first subframe starts, so that the terminal device can be in the first subframe when the channel idle evaluation is successful.
  • the uplink SRS is successfully sent on the first symbol, which improves the success rate of transmitting the uplink SRS, thereby improving the resource utilization of the uplink channel and improving the utilization of the unlicensed spectrum resource.
  • the uplink signal transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, after the terminal device receives the first indication information that is sent by the base station to instruct the terminal device to send the uplink SRS on the first symbol of the first subframe, according to the first sub
  • the subframe information of the frame determines a contention window in which the terminal device performs channel idle evaluation The length of the port, so that the terminal device can perform the channel idle evaluation according to the contention window length, so as to improve the probability that the terminal device completes the channel idle evaluation process before the first symbol of the first subframe starts, so that the terminal device can be idle in the channel.
  • the uplink SRS is successfully sent on the first symbol of the first subframe, which improves the success rate of transmitting the uplink SRS, thereby improving the resource utilization of the uplink channel and improving the utilization of the unlicensed spectrum resource.
  • the embodiment is related to how the terminal device determines the first window length according to the subframe information of the first subframe
  • the S302 may include: the terminal device according to the first subframe.
  • the subframe information, and the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length determines the length of the first window.
  • the terminal device may be configured according to the subframe information of the first subframe, and The mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length determines the length of the first window.
  • the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length may be specifically classified into the following three cases:
  • the terminal device determines the length of the contention window 3
  • the initial value of the random backoff count of the channel idle evaluation must be no more than 3.
  • the terminal device can complete the channel idle evaluation process in the 13th symbol and convert from the received signal state to When the signal status is transmitted, that is, the evaluation result is the resource transmission information that is allowed to occupy the first symbol, the uplink SRS is transmitted on the first symbol.
  • the first subframe is a normal subframe
  • the first symbol is the first subframe.
  • the probability of the channel idle evaluation process is completed, so that the terminal device can successfully send the uplink SRS on the first symbol of the first subframe when the CCA evaluation is successful, thereby improving the success rate of transmitting the uplink SRS, thereby improving the success rate.
  • the resource utilization of the uplink channel improves the utilization of unlicensed spectrum resources.
  • N1 and N2 are integers, N1 is not equal to N2, and K1 is not equal to K2.
  • the number of different downstream symbols in the first subframe may also correspond to the same window length.
  • the terminal device may determine a window length corresponding to the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe according to the above mapping relationship. It should be noted that there is no symbol in the normal subframe for downlink information transmission, and at least one symbol is used for uplink information transmission, so the number of downlink symbols in the normal subframe is zero.
  • the channel idle evaluation process converts from the received signal state to the transmitted signal state, that is, if the evaluation result is the resource transmission information allowed to occupy the first symbol, the uplink SRS is transmitted on the first symbol.
  • the process of performing channel idle evaluation by the terminal device is not affected by the downlink signal sent by the base station in the first subframe, and the terminal The device can perform the channel idle evaluation process and complete the conversion from the received signal state to the transmitted signal state in a longer time with a larger contention window length, such as randomization of the channel idle evaluation determined by the contention window length of 7.
  • the initial value of the backoff count satisfies the need for channel sharing fairness.
  • the terminal device may perform channel idle evaluation by using different contention windows when the first subframe includes different downlink symbol numbers, so as to improve that the terminal device can be in the first subframe.
  • the probability of the channel idle evaluation process is completed, so that the terminal device can successfully send the uplink SRS on the first symbol of the first subframe when the CCA evaluation is successful, thereby improving the success rate of transmitting the uplink SRS, thereby improving
  • the resource utilization of the uplink channel improves the utilization of unlicensed spectrum resources.
  • mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length shown in the foregoing second case is only an indication, and those skilled in the art can understand that the child in the first subframe is
  • the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length is not limited thereto.
  • the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length may be The mapping relationship shown in Table 2 below:
  • the subframe information of the first subframe includes: a subframe type of the first subframe and a downlink symbol number in the first subframe
  • the terminal device may use the subframe type of the first subframe and the first The number of downlink symbols in the subframe, and the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length determine the length of the first window.
  • the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length is a one-to-one correspondence between the seed frame type and the number of downlink symbols in the subframe and the window length used in the subframe type.
  • the mapping between the preset subframe information and the window length may include: if the type of the first subframe is a special subframe, and the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is smaller than the second If the number of the downlink symbols is preset, the length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a fifth preset value; if the type of the first subframe is a special subframe, and the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is greater than or equal to the second If the number of the downlink symbols is preset, the length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a sixth preset value; if the type of the first subframe is a normal subframe, the length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is the seventh preset. a value; wherein the fifth preset value is greater than the sixth preset value, and the fifth preset value is less than or equal to the seventh preset value.
  • the specific value of the second preset downlink symbol, and the specific values of the fifth preset value, the sixth preset value, and the seventh preset value may be specifically determined according to the structure of the special subframe and the normal subframe.
  • the number of the second preset downlink symbols may be 12, the fifth preset value may be 7, the sixth preset value may be 3, and the seventh preset value may be a value greater than or equal to 7.
  • the terminal device determines the length of the contention window 3
  • the initial value of the random backoff count of the channel idle evaluation must be no more than 3.
  • the terminal device may use different contention windows to perform channel idle evaluation when the first subframe is in different types, and when the same type includes different downlink symbol numbers, to improve the terminal.
  • the device may complete the probability of the channel idle evaluation process before the first symbol of the first subframe starts, so that the terminal device can successfully send the uplink SRS on the first symbol of the first subframe when the CCA evaluation succeeds, thereby improving the uplink SRS.
  • the success rate of sending uplink SRS improves the resource utilization of the uplink channel and improves the utilization of unlicensed spectrum resources.
  • mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length shown in the foregoing third case is only an indication, and those skilled in the art can understand that the child in the first subframe is
  • the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length is not limited thereto, for example, the preset sub-subject
  • the mapping relationship between the frame information and the window length can be as shown in the following Table 4:
  • the terminal device may obtain the first indication information that is sent by the base station to instruct the terminal device to send the uplink SRS on the first symbol of the first subframe, and according to the first subframe.
  • the subframe information determines a contention window length that the terminal device performs the channel idle evaluation, so that the terminal device can perform the channel idle evaluation according to the contention window length, so that the terminal device can complete the channel before the first symbol of the first subframe starts.
  • the probability of the idle evaluation process so that the terminal device can be on the first symbol of the first subframe when the CCA evaluation is successful.
  • the uplink SRS is successfully transmitted, which improves the success rate of transmitting the uplink SRS, thereby improving the resource utilization of the uplink channel and improving the utilization of the unlicensed spectrum resource.
  • the method may further include: acquiring, by the terminal device, subframe information of the first subframe.
  • the foregoing terminal device acquires first indication information for instructing the terminal device to send an uplink SRS on the first symbol of the first subframe, and acquires subframe information of the first subframe.
  • the embodiment does not limit the manner in which the terminal device acquires the subframe information of the first subframe.
  • the terminal device may directly obtain the first subframe by using the subframe information of the first subframe carried in the first indication information.
  • the subframe information of the frame may also obtain the subframe information of the first subframe by receiving the signaling that is sent by the upper layer to the terminal device and is used to indicate the subframe information of the first subframe.
  • the terminal device may further acquire the subframe information of the first subframe by using common control information sent by the base station on a subframe in the downlink burst and/or a subframe before the tail subframe.
  • the terminal device may send, according to the identifier of the first subframe carried in the first indication information, The identifier of the tail subframe in the downlink transmission indicated by the common control information to determine whether the first subframe is a tail subframe, so that the terminal device can determine the first when the first subframe is the tail subframe.
  • the subframe is a special subframe, and when the first subframe is not the tail subframe, it is determined that the first subframe is a normal subframe. If the subframe information of the first subframe further includes: the number of downlink symbols of the first subframe, the terminal device determines, by using the foregoing manner, that the first subframe is a special subframe, and further passes the tail indicated by the common control information. The number of downlink symbols of the subframe, to determine the number of downlink symbols of the first subframe, and the like.
  • the method may further include: determining, by the terminal device, performing channel idle evaluation using the second evaluation type.
  • the present invention is not limited to the terminal device determining which evaluation type to use to perform channel idle evaluation.
  • the terminal device may obtain, in the first indication information, information about which evaluation type the terminal device uses to perform channel idle evaluation.
  • the terminal device can determine whether the first symbol is within or outside the MCOT of the base station. If the transmission time of the uplink SRS is outside the MCOT of the base station, the terminal device determines the first window length according to the subframe information of the first subframe according to S302, and performs channel idle evaluation or the like.
  • the uplink signal transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present invention may be obtained by the terminal device after receiving the first indication information that is sent by the base station to instruct the terminal device to send the uplink SRS on the first symbol of the first subframe.
  • Subframe information of a subframe so that the terminal device can determine, according to the subframe information of the first subframe, a contention window length that the terminal device performs channel idle evaluation, so that the terminal device can perform channel idle evaluation according to the contention window length.
  • the uplink SRS improves the success rate of transmitting the uplink SRS, thereby improving the resource utilization of the uplink channel and improving the utilization of the unlicensed spectrum resource.
  • the aforementioned program can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the program when executed, performs the steps including the foregoing method embodiments; and the foregoing storage medium includes various media that can store program codes, such as a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the terminal device may include: a receiving module 11 and a first determining module 12;
  • the receiving module 11 is configured to receive first control information, second control information, and third control information that are sent by the network device, where the first control information indicates that the terminal device sends the first hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel.
  • the second control information indicates that the terminal device sends the second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel.
  • the first determining module 12 is configured to indicate, in the third control information, that the terminal device sends the first uplink channel When the first uplink information is sent, determining, according to the second control information and the third control information, that the first uplink information is sent to the network device on the first uplink channel, and the second HARQ-ACK is sent to the network device on the second uplink channel.
  • the terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the method on the terminal device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 1 , and the implementation principle and the technical effect are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 5, the terminal device may further include:
  • the second determining module 13 is configured to: when the third control information does not indicate that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, determine, according to the first control information and the second control information, that the first HARQ is sent on the first uplink channel. - ACK, transmitting a second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel.
  • the terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present invention can perform the method on the terminal device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first uplink channel is a short physical uplink control channel sPUCCH
  • the second uplink channel is an extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
  • the foregoing first uplink control information includes at least one of the following information: a sounding reference signal SRS and channel state information CSI.
  • the first uplink channel is a first extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH
  • the second uplink channel is a second ePUCCH, or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
  • the first uplink control information includes channel state information CSI.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the network device may include: a sending module 21 and a first determining module 22;
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 7, the network device may further include:
  • the second determining module 23 is configured to: when the third control information does not indicate that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, determine, according to the first control information and the second control information, that the terminal device sends the first uplink channel.
  • the first HARQ-ACK receives the second HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device on the second uplink channel.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the terminal device may include: an obtaining module 31, a determining module 32, an executing module 33, and a sending module 34.
  • a determining module 32 configured to determine, according to the subframe information of the first subframe, a first window length; the first window length is a contention window length of the terminal device performing channel idle evaluation; and the subframe information of the first subframe includes at least one of the following : the subframe type of the first subframe, and the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe;
  • the sending module 34 is configured to send an uplink sounding reference signal on the first symbol of the first subframe according to the first indication information when the channel idle evaluation succeeds.
  • the foregoing subframe type is a special subframe or a normal subframe.
  • the determining module 32 is specifically configured to determine the first window length according to the subframe information of the first subframe and the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length.
  • the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes: if the type of the first subframe is a special subframe, The length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a first preset value; if the type of the first subframe is a normal subframe, the length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a second preset value; The value is less than the second preset value.
  • the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes: if the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is smaller than The first preset number of downlink symbols, the length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a third preset value; if the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is greater than or equal to the number of the first preset downlink symbols, the first sub The window length corresponding to the frame information is a fourth preset value; the third preset value is greater than the fourth preset value.
  • the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes: If the type of the sub-frame is a special sub-frame, and the number of the downlink symbols in the first sub-frame is smaller than the number of the second preset downlink symbols, the window length corresponding to the first sub-frame information is the fifth preset value; If the type of the frame is a special subframe, and the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is greater than or equal to the number of the second preset downlink symbols, the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is a sixth preset value; If the type of the frame is a normal subframe, the length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a seventh preset value; the fifth preset value is greater than the first Six preset values, the fifth preset value is less than or equal to the seventh preset value.
  • the obtaining module 31 is further configured to acquire the subframe information of the first subframe before the determining module 32 determines the first window length according to the subframe information of the first subframe.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 4 of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the execution module 33 of the terminal device may include:
  • a determining unit 331, configured to determine, according to the first window length, an initial value of the random backoff count of the channel idle evaluation
  • the executing unit 332 is configured to perform channel idle evaluation according to the random backoff count initial value.
  • the terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present invention can perform the method embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the processor 42 is configured to: when the third control information indicates that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, determine, according to the second control information and the third control information, that the control transmitter 43 is in the first uplink channel to the network device. The first uplink information is sent, and the control transmitter 43 transmits a second HARQ-ACK to the network device on the second uplink channel.
  • the processor 42 is further configured to: when the third control information does not indicate that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, determine, according to the first control information and the second control information, that the control transmitter 43 is The first uplink channel transmits a first HARQ-ACK, and the control transmitter 43 transmits a second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel.
  • the first uplink channel is a short physical uplink control channel sPUCCH
  • the second uplink channel is an extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
  • the foregoing first uplink control information includes At least one of the following information: a sounding reference signal SRS, channel state information CSI.
  • the first uplink channel is a first extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH
  • the second uplink channel is a second ePUCCH, or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
  • the first uplink control information includes channel state information CSI.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the network device may include: a transmitter 51, a processor 52, and a receiver 53;
  • the transmitter 51 is configured to send the first control information, the second control information, and the third control information to the terminal device, where the first control information indicates that the terminal device sends the first hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel, The second control information indicates that the terminal device sends the second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel;
  • the processor 52 is configured to: when the third control information indicates that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, determine, according to the second control information and the third control information, that the control receiver 53 receives the terminal device on the first uplink channel.
  • the transmitted first uplink information, the control receiver 53 receives the second HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device on the second uplink channel.
  • the network device provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the method on the network device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 1 , and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the processor 52 is further configured to: when the third control information does not indicate that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, determine, according to the first control information and the second control information, that the control receiver 53 is in the first An uplink channel receives the first HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device, and the control receiver 53 receives the second HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device on the second uplink channel.
  • the network device provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the method on the network device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first uplink channel is a short physical uplink control channel sPUCCH
  • the second uplink channel is an extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
  • the foregoing first uplink control information includes At least one of the following information: a sounding reference signal SRS, channel state information CSI.
  • the first uplink channel is a first extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH
  • the second uplink channel is a second ePUCCH, or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
  • the first uplink control information includes channel state information CSI.
  • the second downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK includes a first downlink data channel set corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK.
  • the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel occupy different time domain resources.
  • the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are in the same uplink transmission on the unlicensed spectrum.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 6 of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the terminal device may include: a processor 61 and a transmitter 62.
  • the processor 61 is further configured to determine a first window length according to the subframe information of the first subframe, and perform channel idle evaluation according to the first window length; the first window length is a contention window length of the terminal device performing channel idle evaluation;
  • the subframe information of a subframe includes at least one of: a subframe type of the first subframe, a downlink symbol number in the first subframe, and a channel idle evaluation for determining whether the first symbol in the first subframe is allowed. Sending an uplink sounding reference signal;
  • the transmitter 62 is configured to send an uplink sounding reference signal on the first symbol of the first subframe according to the first indication information when the channel idle evaluation succeeds.
  • the terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present invention can perform the method embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the foregoing subframe type is a special subframe or a normal subframe.
  • the processor 61 is configured to determine a first window length according to the subframe information of the first subframe and the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length.
  • the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes: if the type of the first subframe is a special subframe, The length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a first preset value; if the type of the first subframe is a normal subframe, the length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a second preset value; The value is less than the second preset value.
  • the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes: if the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is smaller than The first preset number of downlink symbols, the length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a third preset value; if the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is greater than or equal to the number of the first preset downlink symbols, the first sub The window length corresponding to the frame information is a fourth preset value; the third preset value is greater than the fourth preset value.
  • the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes: If the type of the sub-frame is a special sub-frame, and the number of the downlink symbols in the first sub-frame is smaller than the number of the second preset downlink symbols, the window length corresponding to the first sub-frame information is the fifth preset value; If the type of the frame is a special subframe, and the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is greater than or equal to the number of the second preset downlink symbols, the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is a sixth preset value; If the type of the frame is a normal subframe, the length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a seventh preset value; the fifth preset value is greater than the sixth preset value, and the fifth preset value is less than or equal to the seventh preset value. .
  • the processor 61 is further configured to acquire subframe information of the first subframe before determining the first window length according to the subframe information of the first subframe.
  • the processor 61 is configured to determine an initial value of the random backoff count of the channel idle evaluation according to the first window length, and perform channel idle evaluation according to the initial value of the random backoff count.
  • the terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present invention can perform the method embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present invention may be a wireless terminal such as a mobile phone or a tablet computer. Therefore, the terminal device is used as a mobile phone as an example:
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of the terminal device being a mobile phone according to an embodiment of the present invention. Structure diagram.
  • the mobile phone may include: a radio frequency (RF) circuit 1110, a memory 1120, an input unit 1130, a display unit 1140, a sensor 1150, an audio circuit 1160, a wireless fidelity (WiFi) module 1170, and processing.
  • RF radio frequency
  • the structure of the handset shown in FIG. 13 does not constitute a limitation to the handset, and may include more or less components than those illustrated, or some components may be combined, or different components may be arranged.
  • the memory 1120 can be used to store software programs and modules, and the processor 1180 executes various functional applications and data processing of the mobile phone by running software programs and modules stored in the memory 1120.
  • the memory 1120 may mainly include a storage program area and a storage data area, wherein the storage program area may store an operating system, an application required for at least one function (such as a sound playing function, an image playing function, etc.), and the like; the storage data area may be stored according to Data created by the use of the mobile phone (such as audio data, phone book, etc.).
  • memory 1120 can include high speed random access memory, and can also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other volatile solid state storage device.
  • the input unit 1130 can be configured to receive input numeric or character information and to generate key signal inputs related to user settings and function controls of the handset.
  • the input unit 1130 may include a touch panel 1131 and other input devices 1132.
  • the touch panel 1131 also referred to as a touch screen, can collect touch operations on or near the user (such as the user using a finger, a stylus, or the like on the touch panel 1131 or near the touch panel 1131. Operation), and drive the corresponding connecting device according to a preset program.
  • the touch panel 1131 may include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller.
  • the touch detection device detects the touch orientation of the user, and detects a signal brought by the touch operation, and transmits the signal to the touch controller; the touch controller receives the touch information from the touch detection device, converts the touch information into contact coordinates, and sends the touch information.
  • the processor 1180 is provided and can receive commands from the processor 1180 and execute them.
  • the touch panel 1131 can be implemented in various types such as resistive, capacitive, infrared, and surface acoustic waves.
  • the input unit 1130 may also include other input devices 1132.
  • other input devices 1132 may include, but are not limited to, a physical keyboard, function keys (such as a volume control button, a switch button, etc.), a trackball, One or more of a mouse, a joystick, and the like.
  • the display unit 1140 can be used to display information input by the user or information provided to the user as well as various menus of the mobile phone.
  • the display unit 1140 may include a display panel 1141.
  • the display panel 1141 may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), or the like.
  • the touch panel 1131 can be overlaid on the display panel 1141.
  • the touch panel 1131 detects a touch operation thereon or nearby, the touch panel 1131 transmits to the processor 1180 to determine the type of the touch event, and then the processor 1180 is The type of touch event provides a corresponding visual output on display panel 1141.
  • the touch panel 1131 and the display panel 1141 are two independent components to implement the input and input functions of the mobile phone, in some embodiments, the touch panel 1131 and the display panel 1141 may be integrated. Realize the input and output functions of the phone.
  • the handset may also include at least one type of sensor 1150, such as a light sensor, motion sensor, and other sensors.
  • the light sensor may include an ambient light sensor and a proximity sensor, wherein the ambient light sensor may adjust the brightness of the display panel 1141 according to the brightness of the ambient light, and the light sensor may close the display panel 1141 and/or when the mobile phone moves to the ear. Or backlight.
  • the acceleration sensor can detect the acceleration of each direction (usually three axes). When it is still, it can detect the magnitude and direction of gravity. It can be used to identify the gesture of the mobile phone (such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, related games).
  • the mobile phone can also be configured with gyroscopes, barometers, hygrometers, thermometers, infrared sensors and other sensors, no longer repeat .
  • Audio circuitry 1160, speaker 1161, and microphone 1162 can provide an audio interface between the user and the handset.
  • the audio circuit 1160 can transmit the converted electrical data of the received audio data to the speaker 1161, and convert it into a sound signal output by the speaker 1161; on the other hand, the microphone 1162 converts the collected sound signal into an electrical signal, and the audio circuit 1160 After receiving, it is converted into audio data, and then processed by the audio data output processor 1180, transmitted to the other mobile phone via the RF circuit 1110, or outputted to the memory 1120 for further processing.
  • the processor 1180 is a control center for the handset, which connects various portions of the entire handset using various interfaces and lines, by executing or executing software programs and/or modules stored in the memory 1120, and invoking data stored in the memory 1120, The phone's various functions and processing data, so that the overall monitoring of the phone.
  • the processor 1180 may include one or more processing units; preferably, the processor 1180 may integrate an application processor and a modem processor, where the application processor mainly processes an operating system, a user interface, an application, and the like.
  • the modem processor primarily handles wireless communications. It will be appreciated that the above described modem processor may also not be integrated into the processor 1180.
  • the handset also includes a power source 1190 (such as a battery) that powers the various components.
  • a power source can be logically coupled to the processor 1180 via a power management system to manage functions such as charging, discharging, and power management through the power management system.
  • the processor 1180 included in the mobile phone may be used to perform the foregoing method for transmitting an uplink signal, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.

Abstract

Embodiments of the invention provide an uplink signal transmission method, a terminal device, and a network device. The method comprises: a terminal device receiving first control information, second control information, and third control information that are sent by a network device, wherein the first control information instructs the terminal device to send a first Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Acknowledgment (HARQ-ACK) on a first uplink channel, and the second control information instructs the terminal device to send a second HARQ-ACK on a second uplink channel; and if the third control information instructs the terminal device to send first uplink information on the first uplink channel, the terminal device determining, according to the second control information and the third control information, to send the first uplink information on the first uplink channel to the network device, and send the second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel to the network device, such that when an uplink signal is transmitted on an unlicensed spectrum, resource utilization of the unlicensed spectrum can be increased.

Description

上行信号传输方法、终端设备和网络设备Uplink signal transmission method, terminal device and network device 技术领域Technical field
本发明实施例涉及通信技术,尤其涉及一种上行信号传输方法、终端设备和网络设备。The embodiments of the present invention relate to communication technologies, and in particular, to an uplink signal transmission method, a terminal device, and a network device.
背景技术Background technique
增强授权辅助接入的长期演进(extended Licensed-Assisted Access using Long Term Evolution,简称:eLAA-LTE)系统通过载波聚合(Carrier Aggregation,简称:CA)技术,可以将可用的频谱扩展到5GHz非授权频段,利用非授权频段来扩展现有的LTE服务,即使用非授权频段承载LTE系统中的部分数据业务。The Extended Licensed-Assisted Access Using Long Term Evolution (eLAA-LTE) system can extend the available spectrum to the 5 GHz unlicensed band through Carrier Aggregation (CA) technology. The unlicensed frequency band is used to extend the existing LTE service, that is, the unlicensed frequency band is used to carry part of the data service in the LTE system.
目前,eLAA-LTE系统不仅可以在非授权频谱传输下行信号,例如:下行共享信道、下行控制信道、同步信号和下行参考信号等,还可以在非授权频谱传输上行信号,例如:共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel,简称:PUSCH)、解调参考信号(De Modulation Reference Signal,简称:DMRS)、探测参考信号(Sounding Reference Signal,简称:SRS)等。At present, the eLAA-LTE system can not only transmit downlink signals in unlicensed spectrum, such as downlink shared channel, downlink control channel, synchronization signal, and downlink reference signal, but also transmit uplink signals in unlicensed spectrum, for example, shared channel (Physical). Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH), De Modulation Reference Signal (DMRS), Sounding Reference Signal (SRS), etc.
但是,现有技术中在非授权频谱上传输上行信号时,非授权频谱资源利用率较低,无法满足实际使用时的需求。However, in the prior art, when the uplink signal is transmitted on the unlicensed spectrum, the utilization rate of the unlicensed spectrum resource is low, which cannot meet the requirements in actual use.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明实施例提供一种上行信号传输方法、终端设备和网络设备,用于解决现有技术中在非授权频谱上传输上行信号时,非授权频谱资源利用率较低的技术问题。The embodiments of the present invention provide an uplink signal transmission method, a terminal device, and a network device, which are used to solve the technical problem that the utilization rate of the unlicensed spectrum resource is low when the uplink signal is transmitted on the unlicensed spectrum in the prior art.
第一方面,本发明实施例提供一种上行信号传输方法,包括:In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides an uplink signal transmission method, including:
终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一控制信息、第二控制信息以及第三控制信息;所述第一控制信息指示所述终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK,所述第二控制信息指示所述终端设备在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK; The terminal device receives the first control information, the second control information, and the third control information that are sent by the network device, where the first control information indicates that the terminal device sends the first hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel. The second control information indicates that the terminal device sends a second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel.
若所述第三控制信息指示所述终端设备在所述第一上行信道发送第一上行信息,则所述终端设备根据所述第二控制信息、所述第三控制信息,确定在所述第一上行信道向所述网络设备发送所述第一上行信息、在所述第二上行信道向所述网络设备发送所述第二HARQ-ACK。If the third control information indicates that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, the terminal device determines, according to the second control information and the third control information, that the An uplink channel sends the first uplink information to the network device, and sends the second HARQ-ACK to the network device on the second uplink channel.
通过第一方面提供的上行信号传输方法,终端设备在接收到用于指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK的第一控制信息,接收到用于指示终端设备在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK的第二控制信息,以及,接收到指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一上行信息的第三控制信息时,终端设备可以根据第二控制信息、第三控制信息,确定在第一上行信道发送第一上行信息、在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK,以达到有效利用上行控制信道的目的,提高了上行传输的资源利用率。若上述上行传输为非授权频谱的上行传输,则可以提高非授权频谱资源的利用率。With the uplink signal transmission method provided by the first aspect, the terminal device receives the first control information for indicating that the terminal device sends the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel, and receives the indication that the terminal device is in the second uplink channel. Sending the second control information of the second HARQ-ACK, and receiving the third control information indicating that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, the terminal device may be configured according to the second control information and the third control information, Determining that the first uplink information is sent on the first uplink channel and the second HARQ-ACK is sent on the second uplink channel, so as to effectively utilize the uplink control channel, the resource utilization of the uplink transmission is improved. If the uplink transmission is an uplink transmission of an unlicensed spectrum, the utilization of the unlicensed spectrum resource can be improved.
可选的,在第一方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes:
若所述第三控制信息未指示所述终端设备在所述第一上行信道发送第一上行信息,则所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息、所述第二控制信息,确定在所述第一上行信道发送所述第一HARQ-ACK、在所述第二上行信道发送所述第二HARQ-ACK。If the third control information does not indicate that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, the terminal device determines, according to the first control information and the second control information, that The first uplink channel transmits the first HARQ-ACK, and the second uplink channel transmits the second HARQ-ACK.
通过该可能的实施方式提供的上行信号传输方法,终端设备在接收到用于指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK的第一控制信息,接收到用于指示终端设备在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK的第二控制信息,以及,接收到指示终端设备在第一上行信道不发送第一上行信息的第三控制信息时,终端设备可以根据第一控制信息、第二控制信息,确定在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK、在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK,在提高了上行传输的资源利用率的基础上,提高了HARQ-ACK的传输可靠性,从而提高了终端设备发送HARQ-ACK的次数,进而提高了网络设备接收到HARQ-ACK的概率。With the uplink signal transmission method provided by the possible implementation, the terminal device receives the first control information for instructing the terminal device to send the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel, and receives the second device information indicating that the terminal device is in the second Transmitting, by the uplink channel, second control information of the second HARQ-ACK, and receiving, by the terminal device, third control information that does not send the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, the terminal device may be configured according to the first control information, the second The control information determines that the first HARQ-ACK is sent on the first uplink channel and the second HARQ-ACK is sent on the second uplink channel, and the reliability of the HARQ-ACK transmission is improved on the basis of improving the resource utilization of the uplink transmission. Therefore, the number of times the terminal device sends the HARQ-ACK is increased, thereby increasing the probability that the network device receives the HARQ-ACK.
可选的,在第一方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行信道为短物理上行控制信道sPUCCH,所述第二上行信道为扩展物理上行控制信道ePUCCH,或,物理上行共享信道PUSCH。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first uplink channel is a short physical uplink control channel sPUCCH, the second uplink channel is an extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH, or physical uplink sharing Channel PUSCH.
可选的,在第一方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行控制信息 包括以下至少一种信息:探测参考信号SRS、信道状态信息CSI。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first uplink control information At least one of the following information is included: a sounding reference signal SRS, channel state information CSI.
可选的,在第一方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行信道为第一扩展物理上行控制信道ePUCCH,所述第二上行信道为第二ePUCCH,或,物理上行共享信道PUSCH。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first uplink channel is a first extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH, the second uplink channel is a second ePUCCH, or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
可选的,在第一方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行控制信息包括信道状态信息CSI。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first uplink control information includes channel state information CSI.
可选的,在第一方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二HARQ-ACK对应的第二下行数据信道集合包括所述第一HARQ-ACK对应的第一下行数据信道集合。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the second downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK includes the first downlink data channel set corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK.
可选的,在第一方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道所占的时域资源不同。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel occupy different time domain resources.
可选的,在第一方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道在非授权频谱上的同一上行传输中。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are in the same uplink transmission on the unlicensed spectrum.
第二方面,本发明实施例提供一种上行信号传输方法,包括:In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides an uplink signal transmission method, including:
网络设备向终端设备发送第一控制信息、第二控制信息以及第三控制信息;所述第一控制信息指示所述终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK,所述第二控制信息指示所述终端设备在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK;The network device sends the first control information, the second control information, and the third control information to the terminal device, where the first control information indicates that the terminal device sends the first hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledge HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel, The second control information indicates that the terminal device sends a second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel;
若所述第三控制信息指示所述终端设备在所述第一上行信道发送第一上行信息,则所述网络设备根据所述第二控制信息、所述第三控制信息,确定在所述第一上行信道接收所述终端设备发送的所述第一上行信息、在所述第二上行信道接收终端设备发送的所述第二HARQ-ACK。If the third control information indicates that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, the network device determines, according to the second control information, the third control information, that Receiving, by the uplink channel, the first uplink information sent by the terminal device, and receiving, by the second uplink channel, the second HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device.
可选的,在第二方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the method further includes:
若所述第三控制信息未指示所述终端设备在所述第一上行信道发送第一上行信息,则所述网络设备根据所述第一控制信息、所述第二控制信息,确定在所述第一上行信道接收所述终端设备发送的所述第一HARQ-ACK、在所述第二上行信道接收所述终端设备发送的所述第二HARQ-ACK。If the third control information does not indicate that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, the network device determines, according to the first control information and the second control information, that The first uplink channel receives the first HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device, and receives the second HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device on the second uplink channel.
可选的,在第二方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行信道为短物理上行控制信道sPUCCH,所述第二上行信道为扩展物理上行控制信道ePUCCH,或,物理上行共享信道PUSCH。 Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the first uplink channel is a short physical uplink control channel sPUCCH, the second uplink channel is an extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH, or physical uplink sharing Channel PUSCH.
可选的,在第二方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行控制信息包括以下至少一种信息:探测参考信号SRS、信道状态信息CSI。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the first uplink control information includes at least one of the following: a sounding reference signal SRS, and channel state information CSI.
可选的,在第二方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行信道为第一扩展物理上行控制信道ePUCCH,所述第二上行信道为第二ePUCCH,或,物理上行共享信道PUSCH。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the first uplink channel is a first extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH, the second uplink channel is a second ePUCCH, or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
可选的,在第二方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行控制信息包括信道状态信息CSI。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the first uplink control information includes channel state information CSI.
可选的,在第二方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二HARQ-ACK对应的第二下行数据信道集合包括所述第一HARQ-ACK对应的第一下行数据信道集合。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the second downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK includes the first downlink data channel set corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK.
可选的,在第二方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道所占的时域资源不同。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel occupy different time domain resources.
可选的,在第二方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道在非授权频谱上的同一上行传输中。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are in the same uplink transmission on the unlicensed spectrum.
上述第二方面以及第二方面的各可能的实施方式所提供的上行信号传输方法,其有益效果可以参见上述第一方面和第一方面的各可能的实施方式所带来的有益效果,在此不再赘述。For the beneficial effects of the above-mentioned first aspect and the possible implementation manners of the first aspect, the benefits of the uplink signal transmission method provided by the foregoing second aspect and the possible implementation manners of the second aspect may be referred to herein. No longer.
第三方面,本发明实施例提供一种上行信号传输方法,包括:In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides an uplink signal transmission method, including:
终端设备获取第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在第一子帧的第一符号上发送上行探测参考信号;Receiving, by the terminal device, the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device sends an uplink sounding reference signal on the first symbol of the first subframe;
所述终端设备根据所述第一子帧的子帧信息确定第一窗口长度;所述第一窗口长度为所述终端设备执行信道空闲评测的竞争窗口长度;所述第一子帧的子帧信息包括如下至少一项:所述第一子帧的子帧类型、所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量;Determining, by the terminal device, a first window length according to the subframe information of the first subframe; the first window length is a contention window length of the terminal device performing channel idle evaluation; and the subframe of the first subframe The information includes at least one of: a subframe type of the first subframe, and a downlink symbol number in the first subframe;
所述终端设备根据所述第一窗口长度执行信道空闲评测;所述信道空闲评测用于确定是否被允许在所述第一子帧的所述第一符号上发送所述上行探测参考信号;The terminal device performs channel idle evaluation according to the first window length; the channel idle evaluation is used to determine whether the uplink sounding reference signal is allowed to be sent on the first symbol of the first subframe;
所述终端设备在所述信道空闲评测成功时,根据所述第一指示信息在所述第一子帧的所述第一符号上发送所述上行探测参考信号。When the channel idle evaluation is successful, the terminal device sends the uplink sounding reference signal on the first symbol of the first subframe according to the first indication information.
通过第三方面提供的上行信号传输方法,终端设备在接收到基站所发送 的用于指示终端设备在第一子帧的第一符号上发送上行SRS的第一指示信息之后,根据该第一子帧的子帧信息确定终端设备执行信道空闲评测的竞争窗口长度,从而使得终端设备可以根据该竞争窗口长度执行信道空闲评测,以提高终端设备在第一子帧的第一符号开始之前,完成信道空闲评测过程的概率,进而使得终端设备可以在信道空闲评测成功时,在第一子帧的第一符号上成功发送上行SRS,提高了发送上行SRS的成功率,进而提高了上行信道的资源利用率,提高了非授权频谱资源利用率。According to the uplink signal transmission method provided by the third aspect, the terminal device sends the received by the base station After indicating the first indication information that the terminal device sends the uplink SRS on the first symbol of the first subframe, determining, according to the subframe information of the first subframe, the contention window length of the terminal device performing channel idle evaluation, thereby The terminal device may perform the channel idle evaluation according to the contention window length to improve the probability that the terminal device completes the channel idle evaluation process before the first symbol of the first subframe starts, so that the terminal device can successfully verify the channel idleness. The uplink SRS is successfully sent on the first symbol of the first subframe, which improves the success rate of transmitting the uplink SRS, thereby improving the resource utilization of the uplink channel and improving the utilization of the unlicensed spectrum resource.
可选的,在第三方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述子帧类型为特殊子帧或者正常子帧。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the subframe type is a special subframe or a normal subframe.
可选的,在第三方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述终端设备根据所述第一子帧的子帧信息确定第一窗口长度,包括:Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the determining, by the terminal device, the first window length according to the subframe information of the first subframe, includes:
所述终端设备根据所述第一子帧的子帧信息,以及预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,确定所述第一窗口长度。The terminal device determines the first window length according to the subframe information of the first subframe and the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length.
通过第三方面提供的上行信号传输方法,终端设备可以获取到基站所发送的用于指示终端设备在第一子帧的第一符号上发送上行SRS的第一指示信息并根据该第一子帧的子帧信息确定终端设备执行信道空闲评测的竞争窗口长度,从而使得终端设备可以根据该竞争窗口长度执行信道空闲评测,以提高终端设备可以在第一子帧的第一符号开始之前,完成信道空闲评测过程的概率,进而使得终端设备可以在CCA评测成功时,在第一子帧的第一符号上成功发送上行SRS,提高了发送上行SRS的成功率,进而提高了上行信道的资源利用率,提高了非授权频谱资源利用率。With the uplink signal transmission method provided by the third aspect, the terminal device may obtain, by the base station, first indication information that is sent by the base station to instruct the terminal device to send the uplink SRS on the first symbol of the first subframe, and according to the first subframe. The subframe information determines a contention window length that the terminal device performs the channel idle evaluation, so that the terminal device can perform the channel idle evaluation according to the contention window length, so that the terminal device can complete the channel before the first symbol of the first subframe starts. The probability of the idle evaluation process, so that the terminal device can successfully send the uplink SRS on the first symbol of the first subframe when the CCA evaluation is successful, thereby improving the success rate of transmitting the uplink SRS, thereby improving the resource utilization of the uplink channel. Increase the utilization of unlicensed spectrum resources.
可选的,在第三方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一子帧的子帧信息包括:所述第一子帧的子帧类型;Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the subframe information of the first subframe includes: a subframe type of the first subframe;
所述预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,包括:The mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes:
若所述第一子帧的类型为特殊子帧,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第一预设值;If the type of the first subframe is a special subframe, the length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a first preset value;
若所述第一子帧的类型为正常子帧,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第二预设值;所述第一预设值小于所述第二预设值。If the type of the first subframe is a normal subframe, the length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a second preset value; and the first preset value is smaller than the second preset value.
可选的,在第三方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一子帧的子帧信息包括:所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量; Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the subframe information of the first subframe includes: a number of downlink symbols in the first subframe;
所述预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,包括:The mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes:
若所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量小于第一预设下行符号数量,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第三预设值;If the number of the downlink symbols in the first subframe is smaller than the number of the first preset downlink symbols, the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is a third preset value;
若所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量大于或等于所述第一预设下行符号数量,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第四预设值;所述第三预设值大于所述第四预设值。If the number of the downlink symbols in the first subframe is greater than or equal to the number of the first preset downlink symbols, the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is a fourth preset value; The value is greater than the fourth preset value.
可选的,在第三方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一子帧的子帧信息包括:所述第一子帧的子帧类型和所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量;Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the subframe information of the first subframe includes: a subframe type of the first subframe and a downlink symbol in the first subframe Quantity
所述预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,包括:The mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes:
若所述第一子帧的类型为特殊子帧,且所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量小于第二预设下行符号数量,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第五预设值;If the type of the first subframe is a special subframe, and the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is smaller than the number of second preset downlink symbols, the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is fifth. default value;
若所述第一子帧的类型为特殊子帧,且所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量大于或等于第二预设下行符号数量,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第六预设值;If the type of the first subframe is a special subframe, and the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is greater than or equal to the number of the second preset downlink symbols, the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is The sixth preset value;
若所述第一子帧的类型为正常子帧,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第七预设值;If the type of the first subframe is a normal subframe, the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is a seventh preset value;
所述第五预设值大于所述第六预设值,所述第五预设值小于或等于所述第七预设值。The fifth preset value is greater than the sixth preset value, and the fifth preset value is less than or equal to the seventh preset value.
可选的,在第三方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述终端设备根据所述第一子帧的子帧信息确定第一窗口长度之前,还包括:Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, before the determining, by the terminal device, the first window length according to the subframe information of the first subframe, the method further includes:
所述终端设备获取所述第一子帧的子帧信息。The terminal device acquires subframe information of the first subframe.
通过第三方面提供的上行信号传输方法,终端设备可以在接收到基站所发送的用于指示终端设备在第一子帧的第一符号上发送上行SRS的第一指示信息之后,可以获取到第一子帧的子帧信息,从而使得终端设备可以根据该第一子帧的子帧信息确定终端设备执行信道空闲评测的竞争窗口长度,从而使得终端设备可以根据该竞争窗口长度执行信道空闲评测,以提高终端设备可以在第一子帧的第一符号开始之前,完成信道空闲评测的过程的概率,进而使得终端设备可以在信道空闲评测成功时,在第一子帧的第一符号上成功发送上行SRS,提高了发送上行SRS的成功率,进而提高了上行信道的资源 利用率,提高了非授权频谱资源利用率。With the uplink signal transmission method provided by the third aspect, the terminal device may obtain the first indication information that is sent by the base station to indicate that the terminal device sends the uplink SRS on the first symbol of the first subframe. Subframe information of a subframe, so that the terminal device can determine, according to the subframe information of the first subframe, a contention window length that the terminal device performs channel idle evaluation, so that the terminal device can perform channel idle evaluation according to the contention window length. To improve the probability that the terminal device can complete the channel idle evaluation process before the first symbol of the first subframe starts, so that the terminal device can successfully send the first symbol of the first subframe when the channel idle evaluation succeeds. Uplink SRS improves the success rate of transmitting uplink SRS, thereby improving the resources of the uplink channel. Utilization, increasing the utilization of unlicensed spectrum resources.
可选的,在第三方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述终端设备根据所述第一窗口长度执行信道空闲评测,包括:Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the terminal device performs channel idle evaluation according to the first window length, including:
所述终端设备根据所述第一窗口长度,确定信道空闲评测的随机回退计数初始值;Determining, by the terminal device, an initial value of a random backoff count of the channel idle evaluation according to the first window length;
所述终端设备根据所述随机回退计数初始值执行信道空闲测评。The terminal device performs channel idle evaluation according to the random backoff count initial value.
第四方面,本发明实施例提供一种终端设备,所述终端设备包括:In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal device, where the terminal device includes:
接收模块,用于接收网络设备发送的第一控制信息、第二控制信息以及第三控制信息;所述第一控制信息指示所述终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK,所述第二控制信息指示所述终端设备在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK;a receiving module, configured to receive first control information, second control information, and third control information that are sent by the network device, where the first control information indicates that the terminal device sends a first hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement on the first uplink channel a HARQ-ACK, the second control information instructing the terminal device to send a second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel;
第一确定模块,用于在所述第三控制信息指示所述终端设备在所述第一上行信道发送第一上行信息时,根据所述第二控制信息、所述第三控制信息,确定在所述第一上行信道向所述网络设备发送所述第一上行信息、在所述第二上行信道向所述网络设备发送所述第二HARQ-ACK。a first determining module, configured to: when the third control information indicates that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, determine, according to the second control information, the third control information, The first uplink channel sends the first uplink information to the network device, and sends the second HARQ-ACK to the network device on the second uplink channel.
可选的,在第四方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述终端设备还包括:Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the terminal device further includes:
第二确定模块,用于在所述第三控制信息未指示所述终端设备在所述第一上行信道发送第一上行信息时,根据所述第一控制信息、所述第二控制信息,确定在所述第一上行信道发送所述第一HARQ-ACK、在所述第二上行信道发送所述第二HARQ-ACK。a second determining module, configured to determine, according to the first control information, the second control information, when the third control information does not indicate that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel Transmitting the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel and the second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel.
可选的,在第四方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行信道为短物理上行控制信道sPUCCH,所述第二上行信道为扩展物理上行控制信道ePUCCH,或,物理上行共享信道PUSCH。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the first uplink channel is a short physical uplink control channel sPUCCH, the second uplink channel is an extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH, or physical uplink sharing Channel PUSCH.
可选的,在第四方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行控制信息包括以下至少一种信息:探测参考信号SRS、信道状态信息CSI。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the first uplink control information includes at least one of the following: a sounding reference signal SRS, and channel state information CSI.
可选的,在第四方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行信道为第一扩展物理上行控制信道ePUCCH,所述第二上行信道为第二ePUCCH,或,物理上行共享信道PUSCH。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the first uplink channel is a first extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH, the second uplink channel is a second ePUCCH, or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
可选的,在第四方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行控制信息包括信道状态信息CSI。 Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the first uplink control information includes channel state information CSI.
可选的,在第四方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二HARQ-ACK对应的第二下行数据信道集合包括所述第一HARQ-ACK对应的第一下行数据信道集合。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the second downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK includes the first downlink data channel set corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK.
可选的,在第四方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道所占的时域资源不同。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel occupy different time domain resources.
可选的,在第四方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道在非授权频谱上的同一上行传输中。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are in the same uplink transmission on the unlicensed spectrum.
上述第四方面以及第四方面的各可能的实施方式所提供的终端设备,其有益效果可以参见上述第一方面和第一方面的各可能的实施方式所带来的有益效果,在此不再赘述。For the beneficial effects of the terminal device provided by the foregoing fourth aspect and the possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, reference may be made to the beneficial effects brought by the first aspect and the possible implementation manners of the first aspect, and no longer Narration.
第五方面,本发明实施例提供一种网络设备,所述网络设备包括:In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a network device, where the network device includes:
发送模块,用于向终端设备发送第一控制信息、第二控制信息以及第三控制信息;所述第一控制信息指示所述终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK,所述第二控制信息指示所述终端设备在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK;a sending module, configured to send first control information, second control information, and third control information to the terminal device, where the first control information indicates that the terminal device sends a first hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledge HARQ on the first uplink channel - ACK, the second control information instructing the terminal device to send a second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel;
第一确定模块,用于在所述第三控制信息指示所述终端设备在所述第一上行信道发送第一上行信息时,根据所述第二控制信息、所述第三控制信息,确定在所述第一上行信道接收所述终端设备发送的所述第一上行信息、在所述第二上行信道接收终端设备发送的所述第二HARQ-ACK。a first determining module, configured to: when the third control information indicates that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, determine, according to the second control information, the third control information, The first uplink channel receives the first uplink information sent by the terminal device, and receives the second HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device on the second uplink channel.
可选的,在第五方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述网络设备还包括:Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the network device further includes:
第二确定模块,用于在所述第三控制信息未指示所述终端设备在所述第一上行信道发送第一上行信息时,根据所述第一控制信息、所述第二控制信息,确定在所述第一上行信道接收所述终端设备发送的所述第一HARQ-ACK、在所述第二上行信道接收所述终端设备发送的所述第二HARQ-ACK。a second determining module, configured to determine, according to the first control information, the second control information, when the third control information does not indicate that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel Receiving, by the first uplink channel, the first HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device, and receiving, by the second uplink channel, the second HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device.
可选的,在第五方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行信道为短物理上行控制信道sPUCCH,所述第二上行信道为扩展物理上行控制信道ePUCCH,或,物理上行共享信道PUSCH。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the first uplink channel is a short physical uplink control channel sPUCCH, the second uplink channel is an extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH, or physical uplink sharing Channel PUSCH.
可选的,在第五方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行控制信息包括以下至少一种信息:探测参考信号SRS、信道状态信息CSI。 Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the first uplink control information includes at least one of the following: a sounding reference signal SRS, and channel state information CSI.
可选的,在第五方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行信道为第一扩展物理上行控制信道ePUCCH,所述第二上行信道为第二ePUCCH,或,物理上行共享信道PUSCH。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the first uplink channel is a first extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH, the second uplink channel is a second ePUCCH, or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
可选的,在第五方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行控制信息包括信道状态信息CSI。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the first uplink control information includes channel state information CSI.
可选的,在第五方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二HARQ-ACK对应的第二下行数据信道集合包括所述第一HARQ-ACK对应的第一下行数据信道集合。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the second downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK includes the first downlink data channel set corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK.
可选的,在第五方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道所占的时域资源不同。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel occupy different time domain resources.
可选的,在第五方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道在非授权频谱上的同一上行传输中。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are in the same uplink transmission on the unlicensed spectrum.
上述第五方面以及第五方面的各可能的实施方式所提供的网络设备,其有益效果可以参见上述第一方面和第一方面的各可能的实施方式所带来的有益效果,在此不再赘述。For the beneficial effects of the network device provided by the foregoing fifth aspect and the possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, reference may be made to the beneficial effects brought by the foregoing first aspect and the possible implementation manners of the first aspect, and no longer Narration.
第六方面,本发明实施例提供一种终端设备,所述终端设备包括:In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal device, where the terminal device includes:
获取模块,用于获取第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在第一子帧的第一符号上发送上行探测参考信号;An acquiring module, configured to obtain first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device sends an uplink sounding reference signal on the first symbol of the first subframe;
确定模块,用于根据所述第一子帧的子帧信息确定第一窗口长度;所述第一窗口长度为所述终端设备执行信道空闲评测的竞争窗口长度;所述第一子帧的子帧信息包括如下至少一项:所述第一子帧的子帧类型、所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量;a determining module, configured to determine a first window length according to the subframe information of the first subframe; the first window length is a contention window length of the terminal device performing channel idle evaluation; and a child of the first subframe The frame information includes at least one of: a subframe type of the first subframe, and a downlink symbol number in the first subframe;
执行模块,用于根据所述第一窗口长度执行信道空闲评测;所述信道空闲评测用于确定是否被允许在所述第一子帧的所述第一符号上发送所述上行探测参考信号;An execution module, configured to perform channel idle evaluation according to the first window length; the channel idle evaluation is used to determine whether the uplink sounding reference signal is allowed to be sent on the first symbol of the first subframe;
发送模块,用于在所述信道空闲评测成功时,根据所述第一指示信息在所述第一子帧的所述第一符号上发送所述上行探测参考信号。And a sending module, configured to send the uplink sounding reference signal on the first symbol of the first subframe according to the first indication information when the channel idle evaluation succeeds.
可选的,在第六方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述子帧类型为特殊子帧或者正常子帧。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the subframe type is a special subframe or a normal subframe.
可选的,在第六方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述确定模块,具体用 于根据所述第一子帧的子帧信息,以及预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,确定所述第一窗口长度。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the determining module is specifically used The first window length is determined according to the subframe information of the first subframe and the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length.
可选的,在第六方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一子帧的子帧信息包括:所述第一子帧的子帧类型;Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the subframe information of the first subframe includes: a subframe type of the first subframe;
所述预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,包括:The mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes:
若所述第一子帧的类型为特殊子帧,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第一预设值;If the type of the first subframe is a special subframe, the length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a first preset value;
若所述第一子帧的类型为正常子帧,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第二预设值;所述第一预设值小于所述第二预设值。If the type of the first subframe is a normal subframe, the length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a second preset value; and the first preset value is smaller than the second preset value.
可选的,在第六方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一子帧的子帧信息包括:所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量;Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the subframe information of the first subframe includes: a number of downlink symbols in the first subframe;
所述预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,包括:The mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes:
若所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量小于第一预设下行符号数量,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第三预设值;If the number of the downlink symbols in the first subframe is smaller than the number of the first preset downlink symbols, the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is a third preset value;
若所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量大于或等于所述第一预设下行符号数量,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第四预设值;所述第三预设值大于所述第四预设值。If the number of the downlink symbols in the first subframe is greater than or equal to the number of the first preset downlink symbols, the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is a fourth preset value; The value is greater than the fourth preset value.
可选的,在第六方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一子帧的子帧信息包括:所述第一子帧的子帧类型和所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量;Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the subframe information of the first subframe includes: a subframe type of the first subframe and a downlink symbol in the first subframe Quantity
所述预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,包括:The mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes:
若所述第一子帧的类型为特殊子帧,且所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量小于第二预设下行符号数量,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第五预设值;If the type of the first subframe is a special subframe, and the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is smaller than the number of second preset downlink symbols, the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is fifth. default value;
若所述第一子帧的类型为特殊子帧,且所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量大于或等于第二预设下行符号数量,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第六预设值;If the type of the first subframe is a special subframe, and the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is greater than or equal to the number of the second preset downlink symbols, the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is The sixth preset value;
若所述第一子帧的类型为正常子帧,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第七预设值;If the type of the first subframe is a normal subframe, the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is a seventh preset value;
所述第五预设值大于所述第六预设值,所述第五预设值小于或等于所述第七预设值。 The fifth preset value is greater than the sixth preset value, and the fifth preset value is less than or equal to the seventh preset value.
可选的,在第六方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述获取模块,还用于在所述确定模块根据所述第一子帧的子帧信息确定第一窗口长度之前,获取所述第一子帧的子帧信息。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the acquiring module is further configured to acquire, before the determining module determines the first window length according to the subframe information of the first subframe The subframe information of the first subframe is described.
可选的,在第六方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述执行模块包括:Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the executing module includes:
确定单元,用于根据所述第一窗口长度,确定信道空闲评测的随机回退计数初始值;a determining unit, configured to determine an initial value of the random backoff count of the channel idle evaluation according to the first window length;
执行单元,用于根据所述随机回退计数初始值执行信道空闲测评。And an execution unit, configured to perform channel idle evaluation according to the random backoff count initial value.
上述第六方面以及第六方面的各可能的实施方式所提供的终端设备,其有益效果可以参见上述第三方面和第三方面的各可能的实施方式所带来的有益效果,在此不再赘述。For the beneficial effects of the terminal device provided by the foregoing sixth aspect and the possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect, reference may be made to the beneficial effects brought by the foregoing third aspect and the possible implementation manners of the third aspect, and no longer Narration.
第七方面,本发明实施例提供一种终端设备,所述终端设备包括:A seventh aspect of the present invention provides a terminal device, where the terminal device includes:
接收器,用于接收网络设备发送的第一控制信息、第二控制信息以及第三控制信息;所述第一控制信息指示所述终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK,所述第二控制信息指示所述终端设备在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK;a receiver, configured to receive first control information, second control information, and third control information sent by the network device, where the first control information indicates that the terminal device sends a first hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement on the first uplink channel a HARQ-ACK, the second control information instructing the terminal device to send a second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel;
处理器,用于在所述第三控制信息指示所述终端设备在所述第一上行信道发送第一上行信息时,根据所述第二控制信息、所述第三控制信息,确定控制发送器在所述第一上行信道向所述网络设备发送所述第一上行信息、控制所述发送器在所述第二上行信道向所述网络设备发送所述第二HARQ-ACK。a processor, configured to determine, according to the second control information, the third control information, a control transmitter when the third control information indicates that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel Transmitting, by the first uplink channel, the first uplink information to the network device, and controlling the transmitter to send the second HARQ-ACK to the network device on the second uplink channel.
可选的,在第七方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述处理器,还用于在所述第三控制信息未指示所述终端设备在所述第一上行信道发送第一上行信息时,根据所述第一控制信息、所述第二控制信息,确定控制所述发送器在所述第一上行信道发送所述第一HARQ-ACK、控制所述发送器在所述第二上行信道发送所述第二HARQ-ACK。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the processor is further configured to: in the third control information, not indicating that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel Determining, according to the first control information and the second control information, that the transmitter sends the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel, and controls the transmitter to be in the second uplink. The channel transmits the second HARQ-ACK.
可选的,在第七方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行信道为短物理上行控制信道sPUCCH,所述第二上行信道为扩展物理上行控制信道ePUCCH,或,物理上行共享信道PUSCH。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the first uplink channel is a short physical uplink control channel sPUCCH, the second uplink channel is an extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH, or physical uplink sharing Channel PUSCH.
可选的,在第七方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行控制信息包括以下至少一种信息:探测参考信号SRS、信道状态信息CSI。 Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the first uplink control information includes at least one of the following: a sounding reference signal SRS, and channel state information CSI.
可选的,在第七方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行信道为第一扩展物理上行控制信道ePUCCH,所述第二上行信道为第二ePUCCH,或,物理上行共享信道PUSCH。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the first uplink channel is a first extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH, the second uplink channel is a second ePUCCH, or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
可选的,在第七方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行控制信息包括信道状态信息CSI。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the first uplink control information includes channel state information CSI.
可选的,在第七方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二HARQ-ACK对应的第二下行数据信道集合包括所述第一HARQ-ACK对应的第一下行数据信道集合。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the second downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK includes the first downlink data channel set corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK.
可选的,在第七方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道所占的时域资源不同。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel occupy different time domain resources.
可选的,在第七方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道在非授权频谱上的同一上行传输中。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are in the same uplink transmission on the unlicensed spectrum.
上述第七方面以及第七方面的各可能的实施方式所提供的终端设备,其有益效果可以参见上述第一方面和第一方面的各可能的实施方式所带来的有益效果,在此不再赘述。The beneficial effects of the terminal device provided by the foregoing seventh aspect and the possible implementation manners of the seventh aspect can be seen in the beneficial effects of the first aspect and the possible implementation manners of the first aspect, and no longer Narration.
第八方面,本发明实施例提供一种网络设备,所述网络设备包括:The eighth aspect of the present invention provides a network device, where the network device includes:
发送器,用于向终端设备发送第一控制信息、第二控制信息以及第三控制信息;所述第一控制信息指示所述终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK,所述第二控制信息指示所述终端设备在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK;a transmitter, configured to send first control information, second control information, and third control information to the terminal device, where the first control information indicates that the terminal device sends the first hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement HARQ on the first uplink channel - ACK, the second control information instructing the terminal device to send a second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel;
处理器,用于在所述第三控制信息指示所述终端设备在所述第一上行信道发送第一上行信息时,根据所述第二控制信息、所述第三控制信息,确定控制接收器在所述第一上行信道接收所述终端设备发送的所述第一上行信息、控制所述接收器在所述第二上行信道接收终端设备发送的所述第二HARQ-ACK。a processor, configured to determine, according to the second control information, the third control information, a control receiver when the third control information indicates that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel Receiving, by the first uplink channel, the first uplink information sent by the terminal device, and controlling, by the receiver, the second HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device on the second uplink channel.
可选的,在第八方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述处理器,还用于在所述第三控制信息未指示所述终端设备在所述第一上行信道发送第一上行信息时,根据所述第一控制信息、所述第二控制信息,确定控制所述接收器在所述第一上行信道接收所述终端设备发送的所述第一HARQ-ACK、控制所述接收器在所述第二上行信道接收所述终端设备发送的所述第二HARQ-ACK。 Optionally, in a possible implementation of the eighth aspect, the processor is further configured to: in the third control information, not indicating that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel And determining, according to the first control information and the second control information, that the receiver receives the first HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device on the first uplink channel, and controls the receiver. Receiving, by the second uplink channel, the second HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device.
可选的,在第八方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行信道为短物理上行控制信道sPUCCH,所述第二上行信道为扩展物理上行控制信道ePUCCH,或,物理上行共享信道PUSCH。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the first uplink channel is a short physical uplink control channel sPUCCH, the second uplink channel is an extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH, or physical uplink sharing Channel PUSCH.
可选的,在第八方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行控制信息包括以下至少一种信息:探测参考信号SRS、信道状态信息CSI。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the first uplink control information includes at least one of the following: a sounding reference signal SRS, and channel state information CSI.
可选的,在第八方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行信道为第一扩展物理上行控制信道ePUCCH,所述第二上行信道为第二ePUCCH,或,物理上行共享信道PUSCH。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the first uplink channel is a first extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH, the second uplink channel is a second ePUCCH, or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
可选的,在第八方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行控制信息包括信道状态信息CSI。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the first uplink control information includes channel state information CSI.
可选的,在第八方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二HARQ-ACK对应的第二下行数据信道集合包括所述第一HARQ-ACK对应的第一下行数据信道集合。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the second downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK includes the first downlink data channel set corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK.
可选的,在第八方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道所占的时域资源不同。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel occupy different time domain resources.
可选的,在第八方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道在非授权频谱上的同一上行传输中。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are in the same uplink transmission on the unlicensed spectrum.
上述第八方面以及第八方面的各可能的实施方式所提供的网络设备,其有益效果可以参见上述第一方面和第一方面的各可能的实施方式所带来的有益效果,在此不再赘述。For the beneficial effects of the network device provided by the foregoing eighth aspect and the possible implementation manners of the eighth aspect, reference may be made to the beneficial effects brought by the foregoing first aspect and the possible implementation manners of the first aspect, and no longer Narration.
第九方面,本发明实施例提供一种终端设备,所述终端设备包括:A ninth aspect, the embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal device, where the terminal device includes:
处理器,用于获取第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在第一子帧的第一符号上发送上行探测参考信号;a processor, configured to acquire first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device sends an uplink sounding reference signal on a first symbol of the first subframe;
所述处理器,还用于根据所述第一子帧的子帧信息确定第一窗口长度,并根据所述第一窗口长度执行信道空闲评测;所述第一窗口长度为所述终端设备执行信道空闲评测的竞争窗口长度;所述第一子帧的子帧信息包括如下至少一项:所述第一子帧的子帧类型、所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量;所述信道空闲评测用于确定是否被允许在所述第一子帧的所述第一符号上发送所述上行探测参考信号;The processor is further configured to determine a first window length according to the subframe information of the first subframe, and perform channel idle evaluation according to the first window length; the first window length is performed by the terminal device The content of the contention of the channel idle evaluation; the subframe information of the first subframe includes at least one of: a subframe type of the first subframe, a number of downlink symbols in the first subframe, and the channel The idle evaluation is used to determine whether the uplink sounding reference signal is allowed to be transmitted on the first symbol of the first subframe;
发送器,用于在所述信道空闲评测成功时,根据所述第一指示信息在所 述第一子帧的所述第一符号上发送所述上行探测参考信号。a transmitter, configured to: according to the first indication information, when the channel idle evaluation succeeds Transmitting the uplink sounding reference signal on the first symbol of the first subframe.
可选的,在第九方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述子帧类型为特殊子帧或者正常子帧。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the subframe type is a special subframe or a normal subframe.
可选的,在第九方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述处理器,具体用于根据所述第一子帧的子帧信息,以及预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,确定所述第一窗口长度。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the processor is specifically configured to: according to the subframe information of the first subframe, and the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length Determining the length of the first window.
可选的,在第九方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一子帧的子帧信息包括:所述第一子帧的子帧类型;Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the subframe information of the first subframe includes: a subframe type of the first subframe;
所述预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,包括:The mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes:
若所述第一子帧的类型为特殊子帧,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第一预设值;If the type of the first subframe is a special subframe, the length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a first preset value;
若所述第一子帧的类型为正常子帧,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第二预设值;所述第一预设值小于所述第二预设值。If the type of the first subframe is a normal subframe, the length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a second preset value; and the first preset value is smaller than the second preset value.
可选的,在第九方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一子帧的子帧信息包括:所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量;Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the subframe information of the first subframe includes: a number of downlink symbols in the first subframe;
所述预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,包括:The mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes:
若所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量小于第一预设下行符号数量,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第三预设值;If the number of the downlink symbols in the first subframe is smaller than the number of the first preset downlink symbols, the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is a third preset value;
若所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量大于或等于所述第一预设下行符号数量,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第四预设值;所述第三预设值大于所述第四预设值。If the number of the downlink symbols in the first subframe is greater than or equal to the number of the first preset downlink symbols, the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is a fourth preset value; The value is greater than the fourth preset value.
可选的,在第九方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一子帧的子帧信息包括:所述第一子帧的子帧类型和所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量;Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the subframe information of the first subframe includes: a subframe type of the first subframe and a downlink symbol in the first subframe Quantity
所述预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,包括:The mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes:
若所述第一子帧的类型为特殊子帧,且所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量小于第二预设下行符号数量,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第五预设值;If the type of the first subframe is a special subframe, and the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is smaller than the number of second preset downlink symbols, the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is fifth. default value;
若所述第一子帧的类型为特殊子帧,且所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量大于或等于第二预设下行符号数量,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第六预设值; If the type of the first subframe is a special subframe, and the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is greater than or equal to the number of the second preset downlink symbols, the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is The sixth preset value;
若所述第一子帧的类型为正常子帧,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第七预设值;If the type of the first subframe is a normal subframe, the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is a seventh preset value;
所述第五预设值大于所述第六预设值,所述第五预设值小于或等于所述第七预设值。The fifth preset value is greater than the sixth preset value, and the fifth preset value is less than or equal to the seventh preset value.
可选的,在第九方面的一种可能的实施方式中,所述处理器,还用于在根据所述第一子帧的子帧信息确定第一窗口长度之前,获取所述第一子帧的子帧信息。Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the processor is further configured to acquire the first sub-length before determining the first window length according to the subframe information of the first subframe Subframe information of the frame.
可选的,在第九方面的一种可能的实施方式中,Optionally, in a possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect,
所述处理器,具体用于于根据所述第一窗口长度,确定信道空闲评测的随机回退计数初始值,并根据所述随机回退计数初始值执行信道空闲测评。The processor is specifically configured to determine a random backoff count initial value of the channel idle evaluation according to the first window length, and perform channel idle evaluation according to the random backoff count initial value.
上述第九方面以及第九方面的各可能的实施方式所提供的终端设备,其有益效果可以参见上述第三方面和第三方面的各可能的实施方式所带来的有益效果,在此不再赘述。The ninth aspect and the terminal device provided by the possible implementation manners of the ninth aspect, the beneficial effects thereof can be seen in the beneficial effects brought by the foregoing third aspect and the possible implementation manners of the third aspect, and no longer Narration.
本发明实施例提供的上行信号传输方法、终端设备和网络设备,终端设备在接收到用于指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK的第一控制信息,接收到用于指示终端设备在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK的第二控制信息,以及,接收到指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一上行信息的第三控制信息时,终端设备可以根据第二控制信息、第三控制信息,确定在第一上行信道发送第一上行信息、在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK,以达到有效利用上行控制信道的目的,提高了上行传输的资源利用率。若上述上行传输为非授权频谱的上行传输,则可以提高非授权频谱资源的利用率。The uplink signal transmission method, the terminal device, and the network device provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal device receives the first control information for instructing the terminal device to send the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel, and receives the indication terminal. The device sends the second control information of the second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel, and when receiving the third control information indicating that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, the terminal device may be configured according to the second control information. The third control information determines that the first uplink information is sent on the first uplink channel and the second HARQ-ACK is sent on the second uplink channel, so as to effectively utilize the uplink control channel, the resource utilization of the uplink transmission is improved. If the uplink transmission is an uplink transmission of an unlicensed spectrum, the utilization of the unlicensed spectrum resource can be improved.
附图说明DRAWINGS
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例或现有技术中的技术方案,下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作一简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图是本发明的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动性的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to more clearly illustrate the embodiments of the present invention or the technical solutions in the prior art, a brief description of the drawings used in the embodiments or the prior art description will be briefly described below. Obviously, the drawings in the following description It is a certain embodiment of the present invention, and other drawings can be obtained from those skilled in the art without any inventive labor.
图1为本发明实施例提供的上行信号传输方法实施例一的信令流程图;FIG. 1 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 1 of an uplink signal transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图2为本发明实施例提供的上行信号传输方法实施例二的信令流程图; 2 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 2 of an uplink signal transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图3为本发明实施例提供的上行信号传输方法实施例三的流程示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 3 of an uplink signal transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图4为本发明实施例提供的终端设备实施例一的结构示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图5为本发明实施例提供的终端设备实施例二的结构示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图6为本发明实施例提供的网络设备实施例一的结构示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图7为本发明实施例提供的网络设备实施例二的结构示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图8为本发明实施例提供的终端设备实施例三的结构示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图9为本发明实施例提供的终端设备实施例四的结构示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 4 of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图10为本发明实施例提供的终端设备实施例五的结构示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 5 of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图11为本发明实施例提供的网络设备实施例三的结构示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图12为本发明实施例提供的终端设备实施例六的结构示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 6 of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图13为本发明实施例提供的终端设备为手机时的结构框图。FIG. 13 is a structural block diagram of a terminal device when the terminal device is a mobile phone according to an embodiment of the present invention.
具体实施方式detailed description
为使本发明实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本发明保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention will be clearly and completely described in conjunction with the drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is a partial embodiment of the invention, and not all of the embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by those skilled in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts are within the scope of the present invention.
本发明实施例涉及的终端设备,可以是指向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备。无线终端可以经无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)与一个或多个核心网进行通信,无线终端可以是移动终端,如移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)和具有移动终端的计算机,例如,可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置,它们与无线接入网交换语言和/或数据。例如,个人通信业务(PCS,Personal Communication Service)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(SIP)话机、无线本地环路(WLL,Wireless Local Loop)站、个人数字助理(PDA,Personal Digital Assistant)等设备。无线终端也可以称为系统、订户单元(Subscriber Unit)、订户站(Subscriber Station),移动站(Mobile Station)、移动台(Mobile)、远程站(Remote Station)、接入点(Access Point)、远程终端(Remote Terminal)、接入终端(Access  Terminal)、用户终端(User Terminal)、用户代理(User Agent)、用户设备(User Device)、或用户装备(User Equipment)。The terminal device according to the embodiment of the present invention may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or other processing device connected to a wireless modem. The wireless terminal can communicate with one or more core networks via a Radio Access Network (RAN), which can be a mobile terminal, such as a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) and a computer with a mobile terminal. For example, it may be a portable, pocket, handheld, computer built-in or in-vehicle mobile device that exchanges language and/or data with a wireless access network. For example, personal communication service (PCS, Personal Communication Service) telephone, cordless telephone, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) telephone, Wireless Local Loop (WLL) station, Personal Digital Assistant (PDA, Personal Digital Assistant), etc. . A wireless terminal may also be called a system, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, an access point, or an access point. Remote Terminal (Remote Terminal), Access Terminal (Access) Terminal), User Terminal, User Agent, User Device, or User Equipment.
本发明实施例所涉及的网络设备,可以是基站,或者接入点,或者可以是指接入网中在空中接口上通过一个或多个扇区与无线终端通信的设备。基站可用于将收到的空中帧与IP分组进行相互转换,作为无线终端与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器,其中接入网的其余部分可包括网际协议(IP)网络。基站还可协调对空中接口的属性管理。例如,基站可以是GSM或CDMA中的基站(BTS,Base Transceiver Station),也可以是WCDMA中的基站(NodeB),还可以是LTE中的演进型基站(eNB或e-NodeB,evolutional Node B),本申请并不限定。The network device involved in the embodiments of the present invention may be a base station, or an access point, or may refer to a device in the access network that communicates with the wireless terminal through one or more sectors on the air interface. The base station can be used to convert the received air frame to the IP packet as a router between the wireless terminal and the rest of the access network, wherein the remainder of the access network can include an Internet Protocol (IP) network. The base station can also coordinate attribute management of the air interface. For example, the base station may be a base station (BTS, Base Transceiver Station) in GSM or CDMA, or may be a base station (NodeB) in WCDMA, or may be an evolved base station (eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in LTE. This application is not limited.
本发明实施例提供的上行信号传输方法,适用于任一无线通信系统下的终端设备在非授权频谱上发送上行信号的场景。这里所说的无线通信系统例如可以为2G通信系统、3G通信系统、LTE通信系统、4G通信系统、5G通信系统等。The uplink signal transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present invention is applicable to a scenario in which a terminal device in any wireless communication system sends an uplink signal on an unlicensed spectrum. The wireless communication system referred to here may be, for example, a 2G communication system, a 3G communication system, an LTE communication system, a 4G communication system, a 5G communication system, or the like.
以LTE系统下的终端设备在非授权频谱上发送上行信号为例,具体地:For example, the terminal device in the LTE system sends an uplink signal on the unlicensed spectrum. Specifically,
MulteFire标准在eLAA的基础上,进一步地将LTE系统的上下行传输完全在非授权频谱实现,使上下行传输不再依赖于授权频谱的辅助。同时,为了能够更好地利用非授权频谱的信道资源,MulteFire除了支持终端设备在1ms子帧上向基站发送扩展物理上行控制信道(ePUCCH,extended Physical Uplink Control Channel)之外,还支持终端设备在基站发送下行传输时所使用的尾子帧的符号小于10时,使用该尾子帧的最后4个符号向基站发送短物理上行控制信道(sPUCCH,short Physical Uplink Control Channel)。Based on the eLAA, the MulteFire standard further implements the uplink and downlink transmission of the LTE system completely in the unlicensed spectrum, so that the uplink and downlink transmissions are no longer dependent on the assistance of the licensed spectrum. In addition, in order to better utilize the channel resources of the unlicensed spectrum, the MulteFire supports the terminal device to send the extended physical uplink control channel (ePUCCH) to the base station in the 1ms subframe. When the symbol of the tail subframe used by the base station to transmit the downlink transmission is less than 10, the short physical uplink control channel (sPUCCH, short Physical Uplink Control Channel) is transmitted to the base station by using the last 4 symbols of the tail subframe.
其中,上述sPUCCH中可以承载SRS,物理随机接入信道(Physical Random Access Channel,简称:PRACH),调度请求(Scheduling Request,简称:SR),混合自动重传请求确认(Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Acknowledge,简称:HARQ-ACK),信道状态信息(Channel State Information简称:CSI)等中的一个或多个上行控制信息。具体实现时,基站可以通过CPDCCH配置终端设备在sPUCCH中发送上述一个或多个上行控制信息。其中,基站可以通过显式的CPDCCH控制比特通知给终端设备,也可以通过隐式通知的方式,让终端设备根据CPDCCH指示的尾子帧符号数目确定是否发 送HARQ-ACK。由于CPDCCH包含的控制信令都是小区特定的控制信令,因此,若CPDCCH中配置终端设备发送上述一个或多个上行控制信息,则所有接收到CPDCCH的终端设备都会按照CPDCCH的指示发送上述一个或多个上行控制信息。The sPUCCH can carry the SRS, the physical random access channel (Physical Random Access Channel, PRACH), the scheduling request (Scheduling Request, SR), and the Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Acknowledge (abbreviation). : HARQ-ACK), one or more uplink control information in channel state information (CSI). In a specific implementation, the base station may send the one or more uplink control information in the sPUCCH by using the CPDCCH configuration terminal device. The base station may notify the terminal device by using an explicit CPDCCH control bit, or may cause the terminal device to determine whether to send the number according to the number of the tail subframe symbols indicated by the CPDCCH by using an implicit notification manner. Send HARQ-ACK. Since the control signaling included in the CPDCCH is cell-specific control signaling, if the terminal device is configured to send the one or more uplink control information in the CPDCCH, all the terminal devices that receive the CPDCCH transmit the foregoing according to the indication of the CPDCCH. Or multiple uplink control information.
其中,上述ePUCCH中可以承载PRACH,SR,HARQ-ACK,CSI等一个或多个上行控制信息。具体实现时,基站可以通过CPDCCH配置终端设备在ePUCCH中发送上述一个或多个上行控制信息,还可以通过上行授权UL grant指示终端设备发送上述一个或多个上行控制信息。The ePUCCH may carry one or more uplink control information such as PRACH, SR, HARQ-ACK, and CSI. In a specific implementation, the base station may send the one or more uplink control information in the ePUCCH by using the CPDCCH configuration terminal device, and may also instruct the terminal device to send the one or more uplink control information by using the uplink grant UL grant.
由于sPUCCH和ePUCCH中都支持HARQ-ACK反馈,且ePUCCH既可以由CPDCCH触发也可以由上行授权UL grant调度,因此,基站可能指示终端设备在sPUCCH中反馈HARQ-ACK的时候,也指示终端设备在同一个上行传输中的ePUCCH中反馈HARQ-ACK,使得终端可能会在一个上行传输中的sPUCCH和ePUCCH中均反馈HARQ-ACK,即在较短的时间内两次反馈HARQ-ACK。同时,由于在同一上行传输中,ePUCCH中反馈的HARQ-ACK对应的下行数据信道集合包括sPUCCH反馈的HARQ-ACK对应的下行数据信道集合,因此,终端设备如何在同一上行传输中的sPUCCH和ePUCCH中反馈HARQ-ACK,才能有效利用上行控制信道的资源,是一个亟待解决的问题。Since both the sPUCCH and the ePUCCH support the HARQ-ACK feedback, and the ePUCCH can be triggered by the CPDCCH or the uplink grant UL grant, the base station may instruct the terminal device to feed back the HARQ-ACK in the sPUCCH, and also instruct the terminal device to The HARQ-ACK is fed back in the ePUCCH in the same uplink transmission, so that the terminal may feed back the HARQ-ACK in both the sPUCCH and the ePUCCH in one uplink transmission, that is, the HARQ-ACK is fed back twice in a short time. Meanwhile, in the same uplink transmission, the downlink data channel set corresponding to the HARQ-ACK fed back in the ePUCCH includes the downlink data channel set corresponding to the HARQ-ACK fed back by the sPUCCH, and therefore, how the terminal equipment is in the same uplink transmission sPUCCH and ePUCCH The feedback of HARQ-ACK in order to effectively utilize the resources of the uplink control channel is an urgent problem to be solved.
因此,本发明实施例提供的上行信号传输方法,终端设备在同一上行传输中被配置两个可以承载HARQ-ACK的上行信道的情况下,可以根据所接收到的用于指示发送其他上行控制信息的第三控制信息,在同一上行传输的其中一个上行信道上,放弃发送HARQ-ACK,而是发送其他上行控制信息,从而达到有效利用信道资源,避免资源浪费的目的。Therefore, in the uplink signal transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, when the terminal device is configured with two uplink channels that can carry the HARQ-ACK in the same uplink transmission, the terminal device may send other uplink control information according to the received indication. The third control information, on one of the uplink channels of the same uplink transmission, abandons the transmission of the HARQ-ACK, but sends other uplink control information, thereby achieving the purpose of effectively utilizing the channel resources and avoiding waste of resources.
下面以具体地实施例对本发明的技术方案进行详细说明。下面这几个具体的实施例可以相互结合,对于相同或相似的概念或过程可能在某些实施例不再赘述。The technical solutions of the present invention will be described in detail below with specific embodiments. The following specific embodiments may be combined with each other, and the same or similar concepts or processes may not be described in some embodiments.
图1为本发明实施例提供的上行信号传输方法实施例一的信令流程图。本实施例一涉及的是终端设备在接收到网络设备发送的第一控制信息、第二控制信息以及第三控制信息之后,如何根据第二控制信息、第三控制信息,确定在第一上行信道向网络设备发送第一上行信息、在第二上行信道向网络 设备发送第二HARQ-ACK的具体过程。如图1所示,该方法包括:FIG. 1 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 1 of an uplink signal transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention. The first embodiment relates to how the terminal device determines, according to the second control information and the third control information, the first uplink channel after receiving the first control information, the second control information, and the third control information that are sent by the network device. Sending the first uplink information to the network device and the second uplink channel to the network The specific process in which the device sends the second HARQ-ACK. As shown in Figure 1, the method includes:
S101、网络设备向终端设备发送第一控制信息、第二控制信息以及第三控制信息。S101. The network device sends first control information, second control information, and third control information to the terminal device.
其中,上述第一控制信息指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK,第二控制信息指示终端设备在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK。The first control information indicates that the terminal device sends a first hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel, and the second control information instructs the terminal device to send the second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel.
具体的,在本实施例中,网络设备可以通过第一控制信息和第二控制信息,针对同一终端设备配置两个不同的可以承载HARQ-ACK的上行信道,即第一上行信道和第二上行信道。其中,上述第一上行信道和上述第二上行信道例如可以如下述表1所示:Specifically, in this embodiment, the network device may configure, by using the first control information and the second control information, two different uplink channels that can carry the HARQ-ACK, that is, the first uplink channel and the second uplink, for the same terminal device. channel. The first uplink channel and the second uplink channel may be, for example, as shown in Table 1 below:
表1Table 1
编号Numbering 第一上行信道First uplink channel 第二上行信道Second upstream channel
11 sPUCCHsPUCCH ePUCCHePUCCH
22 sPUCCHsPUCCH PUSCHPUSCH
33 第一ePUCCHFirst ePUCCH 第二ePUCCHSecond ePUCCH
44 ePUCCHePUCCH PUSCHPUSCH
其中,上述第一控制信息可以为显式的控制信息,还可以为隐式的控制信息,这里所说的隐式的控制信息是指第一控制信息并不直接指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK,而是通过指示其他相关指示内容,来隐式的指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK。具体实现时,第一控制信息可以包括高层RRC(Radio Resource Control)信令中携带的控制信息和/或PDCCH通知信令中携带的控制信息。The first control information may be explicit control information, and may also be implicit control information. The implicit control information refers to the first control information and does not directly indicate that the terminal device is in the first uplink channel. Sending the first HARQ-ACK, but implicitly instructing the terminal device to send the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel by indicating other related indication content. In a specific implementation, the first control information may include the control information carried in the RRC (Radio Resource Control) signaling and the control information carried in the PDCCH notification signaling.
以上述第一上行信道为sPUCCH为例,则上述第一控制信息例如可以分为如下五种情况:Taking the first uplink channel as an example of the sPUCCH, the foregoing first control information may be classified into the following five cases:
第一种情况:第一控制信息包括PDCCH中所携带的小区特定的信令通知信息,上述所说的小区特定的信令可以为针对小区中所有激活终端设备(例如:active UE,或RRC_connected UE)的信令通知信息,可以指示包括终端设备在内的所有激活终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK。具体实现时,上述第一控制信息包括携带在CPDCCH中的控制信息。此时,该第一 控制信息可以为显示的控制信息,还可以为隐式的控制信息。例如:上述第一控制信息可以为CPDCCH中的一个专门指示是否发送在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK的标识位,以使得上述第一控制信息可以显示的指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK,该标识位例如可以为1个比特位,当该比特位为1时指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK,或者,当该比特位为0时指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK,具体可以根据场景设置。上述第一控制信息还可以为CPDCCH中指示下行尾子帧符号数目的控制信息,以使得上述第一控制信息可以根据下行尾子帧符号数目隐式的指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK。例如:当指示下行尾子帧符号数目小于一个预定义数值(例如9或10)时,则指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK等。The first case: the first control information includes cell-specific signaling information carried in the PDCCH, and the foregoing cell-specific signaling may be for all active terminal devices in the cell (for example, active UE, or RRC_connected UE) The signaling information may indicate that all activated terminal devices including the terminal device transmit the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel. In a specific implementation, the foregoing first control information includes control information carried in the CPDCCH. At this time, the first The control information can be displayed control information or implicit control information. For example, the foregoing first control information may be that one of the CPDCCHs specifically indicates whether to send the identifier of the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel, so that the first control information may be displayed indicating that the terminal device is in the first uplink channel. Sending a first HARQ-ACK, the identifier bit may be, for example, 1 bit. When the bit is 1, the terminal device is instructed to send the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel, or when the bit is 0, The terminal device sends the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel, which may be specifically set according to a scenario. The foregoing first control information may also be control information indicating the number of downlink tail subframe symbols in the CPDCCH, so that the first control information may implicitly indicate that the terminal device sends the first uplink channel according to the number of downlink tail subframe symbols. HARQ-ACK. For example, when the number of downlink subframe symbols is indicated to be less than a predefined value (for example, 9 or 10), the terminal device is instructed to send the first HARQ-ACK or the like on the first uplink channel.
第二种情况:第一控制信息包括RRC信令中携带的网络设备为终端设备配置的发送HARQ-ACK的时域资源信息(显式的控制信息)。具体实现时,RRC信令可以通过携带有网络设备配置终端设备发送HARQ-ACK的时域资源,则指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK等。The second case: the first control information includes time domain resource information (explicit control information) for transmitting HARQ-ACK configured by the network device carried in the RRC signaling for the terminal device. In a specific implementation, the RRC signaling may be configured by the network device to configure the terminal device to send the HARQ-ACK time domain resource, and then instruct the terminal device to send the first HARQ-ACK and the like on the first uplink channel.
第三种情况:第一控制信息包括PDCCH中所携带的用户特定的信令通知信息、组特定信令信息等中的其中一个信息。该特定的信令通知信息可以指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK。其中,上述所说的用户特定的信令通知信息可以为针对一个特定终端设备的信令通知信息,上述所说的组特定信令通知信息可以为针对一组特定的终端设备(包含至少两个终端设备)的信令通知信息。具体实现时,上述特定的信令通知信息可以包含在DL grant或UL grant中。In the third case, the first control information includes one of user-specific signaling information, group-specific signaling information, and the like carried in the PDCCH. The specific signaling information may indicate that the terminal device transmits the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel. The user-specific signaling information mentioned above may be signaling information for a specific terminal device, and the group-specific signaling information may be for a specific group of terminal devices (including at least two Signaling information of the terminal device). In a specific implementation, the foregoing specific signaling information may be included in a DL grant or a UL grant.
第四种情况:第一控制信息可以包括:携带在CPDCCH中的控制信息,以及,RRC信令中携带的网络设备为终端设备配置的发送HARQ-ACK的资源信息(指示频域/码域/空域中的至少一种)、或者、PDCCH中所携带的特定的信令通知信息中包括的网络设备为终端设备配置的发送HARQ-ACK的资源信息(频域/码域/空域中的一个或多个),来指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK。也就是说,只有RRC信令或PDCCH中所携带的特定的信令通知信息中携带有网络设备为终端设备配置的在sPUCCH上发送的HARQ-ACK资源,且CPDCCH中的控制信息也指示终端设备发送 HARQ-ACK,才能指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK。具体实现时,PDCCH中所携带的特定的信令通知信息可以包含在DL grant中。The fourth case: the first control information may include: control information carried in the CPDCCH, and resource information for transmitting the HARQ-ACK configured by the network device carried in the RRC signaling for the terminal device (indicating the frequency domain/code domain/ At least one of the spatial domains, or the network information included in the specific signaling information carried in the PDCCH is the HARQ-ACK resource information (one of the frequency domain/code domain/space domain configured for the terminal device) a plurality of) to instruct the terminal device to send the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel. That is, only the RRC signaling or the specific signaling information carried in the PDCCH carries the HARQ-ACK resource sent by the network device for the terminal device on the sPUCCH, and the control information in the CPDCCH also indicates the terminal device. Send The HARQ-ACK can instruct the terminal device to send the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel. In a specific implementation, the specific signaling information carried in the PDCCH may be included in the DL grant.
第五种情况:第一控制信息可以包括:携带在CPDCCH中的控制信息,以及,RRC信令中携带的网络设备为终端设备配置的多个发送HARQ-ACK的可用资源信息(指示频域/码域/空域中的至少一种)、PDCCH中所携带的特定的信令通知信息指示终端设备使用RRC信令中的哪个可用资源发送HARQ-ACK,来指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK。也就是说,只有RRC信令指示多个可用资源,且PDCCH中所携带的特定的信令通知信息中指示使用哪个可用资源,以及,CPDCCH中的控制信息也指示终端设备发送HARQ-ACK,才能指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK。具体实现时,PDCCH中所携带的特定的信令通知信息可以包括DL grant中的分配资源指示(Acknowledgment Resource Indicator,简称:ARI),用于指示终端设备使用RRC信令中的哪个可用资源发送HARQ-ACK。The fifth case: the first control information may include: control information carried in the CPDCCH, and available resource information of the plurality of HARQ-ACKs that are configured by the network device carried in the RRC signaling for the terminal device (indicating the frequency domain/ The at least one of the code domain/the spatial domain, the specific signaling information carried in the PDCCH, instructing the terminal device to use the available resource in the RRC signaling to send the HARQ-ACK, to instruct the terminal device to send the first uplink channel. A HARQ-ACK. That is, only the RRC signaling indicates a plurality of available resources, and the specific signaling information carried in the PDCCH indicates which available resource is used, and the control information in the CPDCCH also indicates that the terminal device sends the HARQ-ACK. Instructing the terminal device to send the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel. In a specific implementation, the specific signaling information carried in the PDCCH may include an Acknowledgment Resource Indicator (AR) in the DL grant, which is used to indicate which available resource in the RRC signaling is used by the terminal device to send the HARQ. -ACK.
针对上述五种情况,进一步的,第一控制信息还包括PDCCH中所携带的用于指示给终端设备分配下行数据资源的信令通知信息,用户收到该信令通知信息,确认网络设备发送了下行数据,才发送第一HARQ-ACK。具体实现时,上述用户特定的信令通知信息包含在DL grant中。For the above five cases, the first control information further includes signaling information that is carried in the PDCCH to indicate that the downlink data resource is allocated to the terminal device, and the user receives the signaling notification information, and confirms that the network device sends the The first HARQ-ACK is sent only after the downlink data. In a specific implementation, the user-specific signaling information is included in the DL grant.
以上述第一上行信道为ePUCCH为例,则上述第一控制信息例如可以分为如下五种情况:Taking the first uplink channel as an example of the ePUCCH, the first control information may be classified into the following five situations:
第一种情况:第一控制信息可以为一个专门指示是否发送在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK的标识位,以使得上述第一控制信息可以显示的指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK。该标识位可以为PDCCH中所携带的小区特定的信令通知信息,具体实现时,该标识位例如可以为1个比特位,当该比特位为1时指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK,或者,当该比特位为0时指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK,具体可以根据场景设置。可选的,上述第一控制信息还可以为携带在CPDCCH中的中的一个专门指示是否发送在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK的标识位等。In the first case, the first control information may be a flag indicating whether to send the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel, so that the first control information can be displayed to indicate that the terminal device is sent on the first uplink channel. First HARQ-ACK. The identifier bit may be a cell-specific signaling information carried in the PDCCH. For specific implementation, the identifier bit may be, for example, 1 bit. When the bit is 1, the terminal device is instructed to send the first uplink channel. A HARQ-ACK, or when the bit is 0, instructs the terminal device to send the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel, which may be specifically set according to a scenario. Optionally, the foregoing first control information may further indicate, by using one of the CPDCCHs, whether to send an identifier for transmitting the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel, and the like.
第二种情况具体可以参见上述第一上行信道为sPUCCH时,第一控制信息的第二种情况的描述,在此不再赘述。 For the second case, refer to the description of the second case of the first control information when the first uplink channel is the sPUCCH, and details are not described herein again.
第三种情况:第一控制信息包括PDCCH中所携带的用户特定的信令通知信息、组特定信令信息等中的一个信息。该特定的信令通知信息可以指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK。具体地,第一控制信息包括PDCCH中携带的上行授权UL grant通知信令,如果第二上行信道为UL grant指示的ePUCCH或PUSCH,则终端设备可以根据UL grant中包含的信令确定被配置在对应的ePUCCH或PUSCH的上行资源上发送HARQ-ACK。In the third case, the first control information includes one of user-specific signaling information, group-specific signaling information, and the like carried in the PDCCH. The specific signaling information may indicate that the terminal device transmits the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel. Specifically, the first control information includes an uplink grant UL grant notification signaling carried in the PDCCH, and if the second uplink channel is an ePUCCH or a PUSCH indicated by the UL grant, the terminal device may determine that the terminal device is configured according to the signaling included in the UL grant. The HARQ-ACK is transmitted on the uplink resource of the corresponding ePUCCH or PUSCH.
第四种情况和第五种情况具体可以参见上述第一上行信道为sPUCCH时,第一控制信息的第四种情况和第五种情况的描述,在此不再赘述。For the fourth case and the fifth case, refer to the description of the fourth case and the fifth case of the first control information when the first uplink channel is the sPUCCH, and details are not described herein again.
针对上述五种情况,进一步的,第一控制信息还可以包括PDCCH中所携带的用于指示给终端设备分配下行数据资源的信令通知信息,用户收到该信令通知信息,确认网络设备发送了下行数据,才发送第一HARQ-ACK。具体实现时,上述用户特定的信令通知信息包含在DL grant中。For the above five cases, the first control information may further include signaling information that is carried in the PDCCH to indicate that the downlink data resource is allocated to the terminal device, and the user receives the signaling notification information, and confirms that the network device sends the The downlink data is sent before the first HARQ-ACK is sent. In a specific implementation, the user-specific signaling information is included in the DL grant.
关于该第二控制信息的描述,具体可以参见述以上述第一上行信道为ePUCCH时,对第一控制信息的具体描述,在此不再赘述。可选的,若上述第一上行信道为ePUCCH,且上述第一控制信息为携带在CPDCCH中的控制信息,则上述第二控制信道例如可以为携带在UL grant中的控制信息。For a description of the second control information, reference may be made to the specific description of the first control information when the first uplink channel is the ePUCCH, and details are not described herein again. Optionally, if the first uplink channel is an ePUCCH, and the first control information is control information carried in the CPDCCH, the second control channel may be, for example, control information carried in the UL grant.
上述第三控制信息用于指示终端设备是否在第一上行信道发送第一上行信息。其中,上述第一上行信息具体可以根据第一上行信道确定,例如:若上述第一上行信道为sPUCCH,则上述第一上行信息可以包括:SRS、PRACH、SR、CSI等中的一个或多个。若上述第一上行信道为ePUCCH时,则上述第一上行信息可以包括:PRACH、SR、CSI等中的一个或多个。关于该第三控制信息的描述,具体可以参见述第一上行信道为sPUCCH时的第一控制信息的具体描述,在此不再赘述。其中,上述第三控制信息可以与第一控制信息携带在同一信令中,也可以携带在不同的信令中发送给终端,具体可以根据实际使用场景确定。The foregoing third control information is used to indicate whether the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel. The first uplink information may be specifically determined according to the first uplink channel. For example, if the first uplink channel is an sPUCCH, the first uplink information may include one or more of SRS, PRACH, SR, CSI, and the like. . If the first uplink channel is an ePUCCH, the first uplink information may include one or more of PRACH, SR, CSI, and the like. For a description of the third control information, reference may be made to the specific description of the first control information when the first uplink channel is the sPUCCH, and details are not described herein again. The third control information may be carried in the same signaling as the first control information, or may be carried in different signaling and sent to the terminal, and may be determined according to an actual usage scenario.
S102、终端设备接收该第一控制信息、该第二控制信息以及该第三控制信息。S102. The terminal device receives the first control information, the second control information, and the third control information.
S103、若第三控制信息指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一上行信息,则终端设备根据第二控制信息、第三控制信息,确定在第一上行信道上向网络设备发送第一上行信息、在第二上行信道上向网络设备发送第二 HARQ-ACK。S103. If the third control information indicates that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, the terminal device determines, according to the second control information and the third control information, that the first uplink information is sent to the network device on the first uplink channel. Sending a second to the network device on the second uplink channel HARQ-ACK.
具体的,在本实施例中,上述第二HARQ-ACK对应的下行数据信道集合包括第一HARQ-ACK对应的下行数据信道集合。其中,上述第二HARQ-ACK对应第二下行数据信道集合是指,第二HARQ-ACK包含针对第二下行数据信道集合的接收状态;考虑到第二上行信道承载的HARQ-ACK可能包含针对至少一个下行数据信道的接收状态,因此第二下行数据信道集合包含至少一个下行数据信道,每个下行数据信道对应一个HARQ进程,不同的下行数据信道对应不同的HARQ进程。第一HARQ-ACK对应第一下行数据信道集合是指,第一HARQ-ACK包含针对第一下行数据信道集合的接收状态;类似的,第一下行数据信道集合包含至少一个下行数据信道,每个下行数据信道对应一个HARQ进程,不同的下行数据信道对应不同的HARQ进程。考虑到终端设备反馈HARQ-ACK是基于比特映射(bitmap)的,即终端设备在每一个HARQ-ACK中对于所有的HARQ进程都会设置接收状态,但是第一HARQ仅对应一个时间范围之内的下行数据信道,例如距离第一上行信道较近的一个时间窗下行数据信道,而不包含未在其对应时间范围之内的下行数据信道;类似的,第二HARQ仅对应距离第二上行信道较近的下行数据信道,而不包含未在其对应时间范围之内的下行数据信道。Specifically, in this embodiment, the downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK includes a downlink data channel set corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK. The second HARQ-ACK corresponding to the second downlink data channel set refers to: the second HARQ-ACK includes a receiving state for the second downlink data channel set; considering that the HARQ-ACK of the second uplink channel bearer may include at least The receiving state of a downlink data channel, so the second downlink data channel set includes at least one downlink data channel, each downlink data channel corresponds to one HARQ process, and different downlink data channels correspond to different HARQ processes. The first HARQ-ACK corresponding to the first downlink data channel set means that the first HARQ-ACK includes a receiving state for the first downlink data channel set; similarly, the first downlink data channel set includes at least one downlink data channel. Each downlink data channel corresponds to one HARQ process, and different downlink data channels correspond to different HARQ processes. Considering that the terminal device feedback HARQ-ACK is based on a bit map, that is, the terminal device sets the receiving state for all HARQ processes in each HARQ-ACK, but the first HARQ only corresponds to the downlink within one time range. a data channel, such as a time window downlink data channel that is closer to the first uplink channel, and does not include a downlink data channel that is not within its corresponding time range; similarly, the second HARQ is only corresponding to the second uplink channel. The downlink data channel does not include a downlink data channel that is not within its corresponding time range.
考虑到第一上行信道和第二上行信道可能位于距离较近的上行资源上,因此第一下行数据信道集合和第二下行数据信道集合可能包含重叠的下行数据信道,即同一下行数据信道可能既包含在第一下行数据信道集合中,也包含在第二下行数据信道集合中。为了取得网络设备接收HARQ-ACK的分集增益,当同一下行数据信道出现在第一下行数据信道集合和第二下行数据信道集合,且终端设备在第一上行信道和第二上行信道都发送HARQ-ACK(分别发送第一HARQ和第二HARQ)时,HARQ信息中针对该下行数据信道的接收状态是相同的,这样网络设备即使丢失了其中一个上行信道,也可以从另一个正确接收的上行信道中获取该下行数据信道的HARQ-ACK信息。Considering that the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel may be located on the uplink resources that are closer to each other, the first downlink data channel set and the second downlink data channel set may include overlapping downlink data channels, that is, the same downlink data channel may be It is included in both the first downlink data channel set and the second downlink data channel set. In order to obtain the diversity gain of the network device receiving the HARQ-ACK, when the same downlink data channel appears in the first downlink data channel set and the second downlink data channel set, and the terminal device sends the HARQ on the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel, -ACK (the first HARQ and the second HARQ are sent separately), the receiving state of the HARQ information for the downlink data channel is the same, so that the network device can receive the correctly received uplink even if one of the uplink channels is lost. The HARQ-ACK information of the downlink data channel is obtained in the channel.
第二HARQ-ACK对应的第二下行数据信道集合包含第一HARQ-ACK对应的第一下行数据信道集合是指,第一下行数据信道集合中的所有数据信道都出现在第二下行数据信道集合中。这种情况下,网络设备若能接收到第二HARQ,则可以获取到全部下行数据信道的接收状态,而不必要再接收第一 HARQ;因此这种情况下,终端设备在接收到第三控制信息且第三控制信息指示终端设备发送第一上行控制信息时,终端设备可以丢弃第一HARQ而发送第一上行控制信息。The second downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK includes the first downlink data channel set corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK, where all data channels in the first downlink data channel set appear in the second downlink data. In the channel set. In this case, if the network device can receive the second HARQ, the network device can obtain the receiving status of all the downlink data channels, and does not need to receive the first one. In this case, when the terminal device receives the third control information and the third control information indicates that the terminal device sends the first uplink control information, the terminal device may discard the first HARQ and send the first uplink control information.
可选的,数据信道的接收状态为正确应答(Acknowledgement,ACK)或错误应答(Negative Acknowledgement,NACK)。可选的,数据信道的接收状态为ACK,NACK或不连续传输(Discontinuous Transmission,DTX)。例如,终端设备确定某一数据信道接收正确,则对应的接收状态为ACK;或者,终端设备确定该数据信道接收错误,则接收状态为NACK;或者,终端设备确定该数据信道没有接收到,则接收状态为DTX;或者,终端设备确定该数据信道没有接收到,则接收状态为NACK,也就是说,通过NACK指示数据信道没有接收到。Optionally, the receiving status of the data channel is an Acknowledgement (ACK) or a Negative Acknowledgement (NACK). Optionally, the receiving status of the data channel is ACK, NACK, or Discontinuous Transmission (DTX). For example, if the terminal device determines that a certain data channel is received correctly, the corresponding receiving state is ACK; or, if the terminal device determines that the data channel receives an error, the receiving state is NACK; or the terminal device determines that the data channel is not received, The receiving status is DTX; or, if the terminal device determines that the data channel is not received, the receiving status is NACK, that is, the NACK indicates that the data channel is not received.
这样,当上述第三控制信息用于指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一上行信息时,则上述终端设备根据第二控制信息,第三控制信息,确定在第一上行信道发送第一上行信息、在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK。也就是说,终端设备放弃在第一上行信道上发送第一HARQ-ACK,而是发送第一上行信息。由于上述第二HARQ-ACK对应的下行数据信道集合包括第一HARQ-ACK对应的下行数据信道集合,因此,通过这种方式,可以使终端设备仍然向网络设备发送包括第一HARQ-ACK的第二HARQ-ACK的方式,来使网络设备仍然能够获知到第一HARQ-ACK的信息,同时,还可以通过第一上行信道发送第一上行信息,增加了第一上行信息的发送机会,达到了有效利用上行控制信道的目的,提高了上行传输的资源利用率。In this way, when the third control information is used to indicate that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, the terminal device determines, according to the second control information, the third control information, that the first uplink is sent on the first uplink channel. Information, transmitting a second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel. That is, the terminal device abandons sending the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel, but transmits the first uplink information. The downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK includes the downlink data channel set corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK. Therefore, in this manner, the terminal device can still send the first HARQ-ACK including the first HARQ-ACK to the network device. The method of the second HARQ-ACK is to enable the network device to still obtain the information of the first HARQ-ACK. At the same time, the first uplink information can be sent through the first uplink channel, and the transmission opportunity of the first uplink information is increased. The purpose of effectively utilizing the uplink control channel improves the resource utilization of the uplink transmission.
以第一上行信息为SRS,上述第一上行信道为sPUCCH为例,现有技术中,若网络设备通过第一控制信息和第三控制信息配置终端设备在sPUCCH上发送第一HARQ-ACK和SRS,通过第二控制信息配置终端设备在sPUCCH上发送第二HARQ-ACK。由于HARQ-ACK的优先级高,所以终端设备会在sPUCCH放弃发送SRS而是发送第一HARQ-ACK,在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK。此时,由于sPUCCH和第二上行信道为同一上行传输中的信道,即第二HARQ-ACK对应的下行数据信道集合包括第一HARQ-ACK对应的下行数据信道集合,因此,现有技术中这种在sPUCCH发送第一HARQ-ACK的方式,就会导致上行控制信道的资源的浪费。而本发明实施例 所提供的上行信号传输方法,若网络设备通过第一控制信息和第三控制信息配置终端设备在sPUCCH上发送第一HARQ-ACK和SRS,通过第二控制信息配置终端设备在sPUCCH上发送第二HARQ-ACK,则终端设备会在sPUCCH发送SRS,而放弃第一HARQ-ACK,在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK。由于第二HARQ-ACK对应的下行数据信道集合包括第一HARQ-ACK对应的下行数据信道集合,因此,网络设备可以在通过接收第二HARQ-ACK来获知第一HARQ-ACK的同时,还可以通过sPUCCH接收到SRS,增加了SRS的发送机会,提高了信道探测,达到了有效利用上行控制信道的目的,提高了上行传输的资源利用率。若上述上行传输为非授权频谱的上行传输,则可以提高非授权频谱资源的利用率。The first uplink information is an SRS, and the first uplink channel is an sPUCCH. In the prior art, if the network device configures the terminal device to send the first HARQ-ACK and the SRS on the sPUCCH by using the first control information and the third control information. And configuring, by using the second control information, the terminal device to send the second HARQ-ACK on the sPUCCH. Since the priority of the HARQ-ACK is high, the terminal device sends the first HARQ-ACK instead of transmitting the SRS in the sPUCCH, and transmits the second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel. At this time, since the sPUCCH and the second uplink channel are channels in the same uplink transmission, that is, the downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK includes the downlink data channel set corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK, therefore, in the prior art, The method of transmitting the first HARQ-ACK in the sPUCCH causes waste of resources of the uplink control channel. Embodiment of the present invention The uplink signal transmission method is provided, if the network device configures the terminal device to send the first HARQ-ACK and the SRS on the sPUCCH by using the first control information and the third control information, and configures the terminal device to send the second message on the sPUCCH by using the second control information. The HARQ-ACK, the terminal device sends the SRS on the sPUCCH, and discards the first HARQ-ACK, and sends the second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel. Since the downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK includes the downlink data channel set corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK, the network device may learn the first HARQ-ACK by receiving the second HARQ-ACK, and may also The SRS is received through the sPUCCH, which increases the transmission opportunity of the SRS, improves the channel detection, achieves the purpose of effectively utilizing the uplink control channel, and improves the resource utilization of the uplink transmission. If the uplink transmission is an uplink transmission of an unlicensed spectrum, the utilization of the unlicensed spectrum resource can be improved.
以第一上行信息为CSI/SR,上述第一上行信道为sPUCCH或ePUCCH为例,现有技术中,若网络设备通过第一控制信息和第三控制信息配置终端设备在第一上行信道上发送第一HARQ-ACK和CSI/SR,通过第二控制信息配置终端设备在第一上行信道上发送第二HARQ-ACK。此时,若网络设备高层信令配置不允许同时传输CSI/SR和HARQ-ACK,由于HARQ-ACK的优先级高,所以终端设备会在第一上行信道放弃发送CSI/SR而是发送第一HARQ-ACK,在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK。此时,由于第一上行信道和第二上行信道为同一上行传输中的信道,即第二HARQ-ACK对应的下行数据信道集合包括第一HARQ-ACK对应的下行数据信道集合,因此,现有技术中这种在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK的方式,就会导致上行控制信道的资源的浪费。而本发明实施例所提供的上行信号传输方法,若网络设备通过第一控制信息和第三控制信息配置终端设备在第一上行信道上发送第一HARQ-ACK和CSI/SR,通过第二控制信息配置终端设备在第一上行信道上发送第二HARQ-ACK,则终端设备会在第一上行信道发送CSI/SR,而放弃第一HARQ-ACK,在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK。由于第二HARQ-ACK对应的下行数据信道集合包括第一HARQ-ACK对应的下行数据信道集合,因此,网络设备可以在通过接收第二HARQ-ACK来获知到第一HARQ-ACK的同时,还可以通过第一上行信道接收到CSI/SR,增加了CSI/SR的发送机会,达到了有效利用上行控制信道的目的,提高了上行传输的资源利用率。若上述上行传输为非授权频谱的上行传输,则可以提高非授权频谱 资源的利用率。The first uplink information is used as the CSI/SR, and the first uplink channel is the sPUCCH or the ePUCCH. In the prior art, if the network device configures the terminal device to send on the first uplink channel by using the first control information and the third control information. The first HARQ-ACK and the CSI/SR configure the terminal device to send the second HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel by using the second control information. At this time, if the network device high-layer signaling configuration does not allow simultaneous transmission of CSI/SR and HARQ-ACK, since the priority of the HARQ-ACK is high, the terminal device will abandon the CSI/SR on the first uplink channel but send the first. HARQ-ACK, transmitting a second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel. In this case, since the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are channels in the same uplink transmission, that is, the downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK includes the downlink data channel set corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK, In the technology, the manner of transmitting the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel causes waste of resources of the uplink control channel. In the uplink signal transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, if the network device configures the terminal device to send the first HARQ-ACK and the CSI/SR on the first uplink channel by using the first control information and the third control information, the second control is performed. The information configuration terminal device sends the second HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel, and the terminal device sends the CSI/SR on the first uplink channel, and discards the first HARQ-ACK, and sends the second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel. . Since the downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK includes the downlink data channel set corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK, the network device may learn the first HARQ-ACK by receiving the second HARQ-ACK, and further The CSI/SR can be received through the first uplink channel, and the CSI/SR transmission opportunity is increased, and the purpose of effectively utilizing the uplink control channel is achieved, and the resource utilization of the uplink transmission is improved. If the uplink transmission is an uplink transmission of an unlicensed spectrum, the unlicensed spectrum can be improved. Utilization of resources.
以第一上行信息为CSI/SR,上述第一上行信道为sPUCCH或ePUCCH为例,现有技术中,若网络设备通过第一控制信息和第三控制信息配置终端设备在第一上行信道上发送第一HARQ-ACK和CSI/SR,通过第二控制信息配置终端设备在第一上行信道上发送第二HARQ-ACK。此时,若网络设备高层信令配置允许同时传输CSI/SR和HARQ-ACK,所以终端设备会将CSI/SR和第一HARQ-ACK联合编码后在第一上行信道上发送,在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK。此时,由于CSI/SR和第一HARQ-ACK是联合编码的,两种信号同时发相比于只发CSI/SR具有更多的比特数目,导致码率增加和解码性能下降,因此,现有技术中这种在第一上行信道发送CSI/SR和第一HARQ-ACK的方式,在增加了CSI/SR和第一HARQ-ACK的传输失败的概率的同时,还会导致因同时发送第一HARQ-ACK和第二HARQ-ACK,导致上行控制信道的资源浪费的情况。而本发明实施例所提供的上行信号传输方法,若网络设备通过第一控制信息和第三控制信息配置终端设备在第一上行信道上发送第一HARQ-ACK和CSI/SR,通过第二控制信息配置终端设备在第一上行信道上发送第二HARQ-ACK,则终端设备会在第一上行信道发送CSI/SR,而放弃第一HARQ-ACK,在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK。由于第二HARQ-ACK对应的下行数据信道集合包括第一HARQ-ACK对应的下行数据信道集合,因此,网络设备可以在通过接收第二HARQ-ACK来接收到第一HARQ-ACK的同时,在第一上行信道上去掉了HARQ-ACK的比特信息,使传输CSI/SR的有效比特数减少,编码性能得到了提升,增加了CSI/SR的传输性能,达到了有效利用上行控制信道的目的,提高了上行传输的资源利用率。若上述上行传输为非授权频谱的上行传输,则可以提高非授权频谱资源的利用率。The first uplink information is used as the CSI/SR, and the first uplink channel is the sPUCCH or the ePUCCH. In the prior art, if the network device configures the terminal device to send on the first uplink channel by using the first control information and the third control information. The first HARQ-ACK and the CSI/SR configure the terminal device to send the second HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel by using the second control information. At this time, if the network device higher layer signaling configuration allows simultaneous transmission of CSI/SR and HARQ-ACK, the terminal device jointly encodes the CSI/SR and the first HARQ-ACK and transmits the first uplink channel on the second uplink. The channel transmits a second HARQ-ACK. At this time, since the CSI/SR and the first HARQ-ACK are jointly coded, the two signals simultaneously have more bit numbers than the CSI/SR only, resulting in an increase in the code rate and a decrease in the decoding performance. In the prior art, the manner of transmitting CSI/SR and the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel increases the probability of transmission failure of the CSI/SR and the first HARQ-ACK, and causes the simultaneous transmission. A HARQ-ACK and a second HARQ-ACK result in a waste of resources of the uplink control channel. In the uplink signal transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, if the network device configures the terminal device to send the first HARQ-ACK and the CSI/SR on the first uplink channel by using the first control information and the third control information, the second control is performed. The information configuration terminal device sends the second HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel, and the terminal device sends the CSI/SR on the first uplink channel, and discards the first HARQ-ACK, and sends the second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel. . Since the downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK includes the downlink data channel set corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK, the network device may receive the first HARQ-ACK by receiving the second HARQ-ACK, The bit information of the HARQ-ACK is removed on the first uplink channel, the number of valid bits of the CSI/SR is reduced, the coding performance is improved, the transmission performance of the CSI/SR is increased, and the purpose of effectively utilizing the uplink control channel is achieved. Increased resource utilization for upstream transmissions. If the uplink transmission is an uplink transmission of an unlicensed spectrum, the utilization of the unlicensed spectrum resource can be improved.
以第一上行信息为PRACH,上述第一上行信道为sPUCCH或ePUCCH为例,现有技术中,若网络设备通过第一控制信息和第三控制信息配置终端设备在第一上行信道上发送第一HARQ-ACK和PRACH,通过第二控制信息配置终端设备在第一上行信道上发送第二HARQ-ACK。此时,由于HARQ-ACK的优先级高,所以终端设备会在第一上行信道放弃发送PRACH而是发送第一HARQ-ACK,在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK。此时, 由于第一上行信道和第二上行信道为同一上行传输中的信道,即第二HARQ-ACK对应的下行数据信道集合包括第一HARQ-ACK对应的下行数据信道集合,因此,现有技术中这种在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK的方式,就会导致上行控制信道的资源的浪费。而本发明实施例所提供的上行信号传输方法,若网络设备通过第一控制信息和第三控制信息配置终端设备在第一上行信道上发送第一HARQ-ACK和PRACH,通过第二控制信息配置终端设备在第一上行信道上发送第二HARQ-ACK,则终端设备会在第一上行信道发送PRACH,而放弃第一HARQ-ACK,在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK。由于第二HARQ-ACK对应的下行数据信道集合包括第一HARQ-ACK对应的下行数据信道集合,因此,网络设备可以在通过接收第二HARQ-ACK来接收到第一HARQ-ACK的同时,还可以通过第一上行信道接收到PRACH,增加了PRACH的发送机会,达到了有效利用上行控制信道的目的,提高了上行传输的资源利用率。若上述上行传输为非授权频谱的上行传输,则可以提高非授权频谱资源的利用率。The first uplink information is a PRACH, and the first uplink channel is an sPUCCH or an ePUCCH. In the prior art, if the network device configures the terminal device to send the first uplink channel on the first uplink channel by using the first control information and the third control information. The HARQ-ACK and the PRACH configure the terminal device to send the second HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel by using the second control information. At this time, since the priority of the HARQ-ACK is high, the terminal device sends the first HARQ-ACK instead of transmitting the PRACH on the first uplink channel, and transmits the second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel. at this time, The first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are channels in the same uplink transmission, that is, the downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK includes the downlink data channel set corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK, and therefore, in the prior art, The method of transmitting the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel causes waste of resources of the uplink control channel. In the uplink signal transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, if the network device configures the terminal device to send the first HARQ-ACK and the PRACH on the first uplink channel by using the first control information and the third control information, the second control information is configured by using the second control information. The terminal device sends the second HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel, and the terminal device sends the PRACH on the first uplink channel, and discards the first HARQ-ACK, and sends the second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel. Since the downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK includes the downlink data channel set corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK, the network device may receive the first HARQ-ACK by receiving the second HARQ-ACK, and further The PRACH can be received through the first uplink channel, which increases the transmission opportunity of the PRACH, achieves the purpose of effectively utilizing the uplink control channel, and improves the resource utilization of the uplink transmission. If the uplink transmission is an uplink transmission of an unlicensed spectrum, the utilization of the unlicensed spectrum resource can be improved.
需要说明的是,虽然上述示例均以上述第一上行信息包括一种信息为例,对本发明实施例提供的上行信号传输方法进行了说明,但是本领域技术人员可以理解的是,上述第一上行信息还可以包括多个信息,其具体的实现方式和技术效果与上述示例类似,对此不再赘述。It should be noted that although the above example uses the first uplink information to include one type of information as an example, the uplink signal transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present invention is described, but those skilled in the art may understand that the foregoing first uplink is used. The information may also include a plurality of information, and the specific implementation manner and technical effects thereof are similar to the above examples, and details are not described herein again.
S104、若第三控制信息指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一上行信息,则基站根据第二控制信息、第三控制信息,确定在第一上行信道上接收终端设备发送的第一上行信息、在第二上行信道上接收终端设备发送的第二HARQ-ACK。S104. If the third control information indicates that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, the base station determines, according to the second control information and the third control information, the first uplink information that is sent by the terminal device on the first uplink channel. And receiving, by the second uplink channel, a second HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device.
其中,鉴于网络设备在实现该步骤的原理与终端设备在实现该步骤的原理相同,因此,上述S104的描述可以参见上述S103的具体描述,在此不再赘述。For the description of the foregoing S104, refer to the detailed description of the above S103, and the details are not described herein again.
需要说明的是,上述S103和S104的执行不分先后顺序,例如:可以先执行S103再执行S104,还可以先执行S104再执行S103,还可以同时执行S103和S104。It should be noted that the executions of the foregoing S103 and S104 are in no particular order. For example, S103 may be executed first and then S104 may be executed. S104 may be executed first and then S103 may be performed, and S103 and S104 may be simultaneously executed.
S105、终端设备在第一上行信道上向网络设备发送第一上行信息、在第二上行信道上向网络设备发送第二HARQ-ACK。 S105. The terminal device sends the first uplink information to the network device on the first uplink channel, and sends the second HARQ-ACK to the network device on the second uplink channel.
其中,终端设备如何在第一上行信道上向网络设备发送第一上行信息、在第二上行信道上向网络设备发送第二HARQ-ACK,具体可以参见现有技术,对此不再赘述。The terminal device sends the first uplink information to the network device on the first uplink channel and the second HARQ-ACK to the network device on the second uplink channel. For details, refer to the related art, and details are not described herein.
S106、网络设备在第一上行信道上接收终端设备发送的第一上行信息、在第二上行信道上接收终端设备发送的第二HARQ-ACK。S106. The network device receives the first uplink information sent by the terminal device on the first uplink channel, and receives the second HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device on the second uplink channel.
其中,网络设备如何在在第一上行信道上接收终端设备发送的第一上行信息、在第二上行信道上接收终端设备发送的第二HARQ-ACK,具体可以参见现有技术,对此不再赘述。The network device receives the first uplink information sent by the terminal device on the first uplink channel and the second HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device on the second uplink channel. For details, refer to the prior art. Narration.
本发明实施例提供的上行信号传输方法,终端设备在接收到用于指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK的第一控制信息,接收到用于指示终端设备在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK的第二控制信息,以及,接收到指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一上行信息的第三控制信息时,终端设备可以根据第二控制信息、第三控制信息,确定在第一上行信道发送第一上行信息、在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK,以达到有效利用上行控制信道的目的,提高了上行传输的资源利用率。若上述上行传输为非授权频谱的上行传输,则可以提高非授权频谱资源的利用率。According to the uplink signal transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal device receives the first control information for indicating that the terminal device sends the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel, and receives the indication that the terminal device is in the second uplink channel. Sending the second control information of the second HARQ-ACK, and receiving the third control information indicating that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, the terminal device may be configured according to the second control information and the third control information, Determining that the first uplink information is sent on the first uplink channel and the second HARQ-ACK is sent on the second uplink channel, so as to effectively utilize the uplink control channel, the resource utilization of the uplink transmission is improved. If the uplink transmission is an uplink transmission of an unlicensed spectrum, the utilization of the unlicensed spectrum resource can be improved.
图2为本发明实施例提供的上行信号传输方法实施例二的信令流程图。本实施例二涉及的是终端设备在获取到第一控制信息、第二控制信息以及第三控制信息之后,如何根据第一控制信息、第二控制信息,确定在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK、在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK的具体过程。如图2所示,该方法还可以包括:FIG. 2 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 2 of an uplink signal transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention. The second embodiment relates to how, after acquiring the first control information, the second control information, and the third control information, the terminal device determines, according to the first control information and the second control information, that the first HARQ is sent on the first uplink channel. - ACK, a specific process of transmitting a second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel. As shown in FIG. 2, the method may further include:
S201、网络设备向终端设备发送第一控制信息、第二控制信息以及第三控制信息。S201. The network device sends the first control information, the second control information, and the third control information to the terminal device.
S202、终端设备接收该第一控制信息、该第二控制信息以及该第三控制信息。S202. The terminal device receives the first control information, the second control information, and the third control information.
其中,上述S201和S202的描述,具体可以参见上述S101-S102的描述,在此不再赘述。For details of the foregoing descriptions of S201 and S202, refer to the description of the foregoing S101-S102, and details are not described herein again.
S203、若第三控制信息未指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一上行信息,则终端设备根据第一控制信息、第二控制信息,确定在第一上行信道向网络设备发送第一HARQ-ACK、在第二上行信道向网络设备发送第二 HARQ-ACK。S203. If the third control information does not indicate that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, the terminal device determines, according to the first control information and the second control information, that the first uplink channel sends the first HARQ to the network device. ACK, sending a second to the network device on the second uplink channel HARQ-ACK.
具体的,当上述第三控制信息用于指示终端设备在第一上行信道不发送第一上行信息时,则上述终端设备根据第一控制信息,第二控制信息,确定在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK、在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK。此时,由于第三控制信息未指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一上行信息,因此,终端设备可以在第一上行信道上发送第一HARQ-ACK,在提高了上行传输的资源利用率的基础上,提高了HARQ-ACK的传输可靠性,从而提高了终端设备发送HARQ-ACK的次数,进而提高了网络设备接收到HARQ-ACK的概率。Specifically, when the third control information is used to indicate that the terminal device does not send the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, the terminal device determines, according to the first control information, the second control information, that the first uplink channel is sent. A HARQ-ACK, transmitting a second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel. At this time, since the third control information does not indicate that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, the terminal device may send the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel, which improves the resource utilization of the uplink transmission. On the basis of the above, the transmission reliability of the HARQ-ACK is improved, thereby increasing the number of times the terminal device transmits the HARQ-ACK, thereby increasing the probability that the network device receives the HARQ-ACK.
S204、若第三控制信息未指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一上行信息,则网络设备根据第一控制信息、第二控制信息,确定在第一上行信道接收终端设备发送的第一HARQ-ACK、在第二上行信道接收终端设备发送的第二HARQ-ACK。S204. If the third control information does not indicate that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, the network device determines, according to the first control information and the second control information, the first HARQ sent by the terminal device on the first uplink channel. - ACK, receiving the second HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device on the second uplink channel.
其中,鉴于网络设备在实现该步骤的原理与终端设备在实现该步骤的原理相同,因此,上述S204的描述可以参见上述S203的具体描述,在此不再赘述。For the description of the foregoing S204, refer to the detailed description of the foregoing S203, and the details are not described herein again.
需要说明的是,上述S203和S204的执行不分先后顺序,例如:可以先执行S203再执行S204,还可以先执行S204再执行S203,还可以同时执行S203和S204。It should be noted that the executions of the foregoing S203 and S204 are in no particular order. For example, S203 may be executed first and then S204 may be executed. S204 may be performed first and then S203 may be performed, and S203 and S204 may be simultaneously executed.
S205、终端设备在第一上行信道向网络设备发送第一HARQ-ACK、在第二上行信道向网络设备发送第二HARQ-ACK。S205. The terminal device sends a first HARQ-ACK to the network device on the first uplink channel, and sends a second HARQ-ACK to the network device on the second uplink channel.
其中,终端设备如何在第一上行信道向网络设备发送发送第一HARQ-ACK、在第二上行信道向网络设备发送发送第二HARQ-ACK,具体可以参见现有技术,对此不再赘述。The terminal device sends the first HARQ-ACK to the network device on the first uplink channel, and sends the second HARQ-ACK to the network device on the second uplink channel. For details, refer to the prior art, and details are not described herein.
S206、网络设备在第一上行信道接收终端设备发送的第一HARQ-ACK、在第二上行信道接收终端设备发送的第二HARQ-ACK。S206. The network device receives the first HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device on the first uplink channel, and receives the second HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device on the second uplink channel.
其中,网络设备如何在第一上行信道接收终端设备发送的第一HARQ-ACK、在第二上行信道接收终端设备发送的第二HARQ-ACK,具体可以参见现有技术,对此不再赘述。The network device can receive the first HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device on the first uplink channel and the second HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device on the second uplink channel. For details, refer to the related art, and details are not described herein.
本发明实施例提供的上行信号传输方法,终端设备在接收到用于指示终端 设备在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK的第一控制信息,接收到用于指示终端设备在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK的第二控制信息,以及,接收到指示终端设备在第一上行信道不发送第一上行信息的第三控制信息时,终端设备可以根据第一控制信息、第二控制信息,确定在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK、在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK,在提高了上行传输的资源利用率的基础上,提高了HARQ-ACK的传输可靠性,从而提高了终端设备发送HARQ-ACK的次数,进而提高了网络设备接收到HARQ-ACK的概率。The uplink signal transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal device receives the indication terminal The device sends first control information of the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel, receives second control information for instructing the terminal device to send the second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel, and receives the indication that the terminal device is When the first uplink channel does not send the third control information of the first uplink information, the terminal device may determine, according to the first control information and the second control information, that the first HARQ-ACK is sent on the first uplink channel, and the first HARQ-ACK is sent on the second uplink channel. The second HARQ-ACK improves the transmission reliability of the HARQ-ACK on the basis of improving the resource utilization of the uplink transmission, thereby improving the number of times the terminal device transmits the HARQ-ACK, thereby improving the HARQ received by the network device. The probability of ACK.
可选的,上述实施例所说的第一上行信道和第二上行信道可以为非授权频谱上的同一上行传输中的信道,例如:上述第一上行信道和第二上行信道可以为非授权频谱上同一上行传输突发中的信道等。可选的,上述第一上行信道和第二上行信道可以占用同一上行传输中的不同时域资源,也可以占用同一上行传输中的同一时域资源。Optionally, the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel in the foregoing embodiment may be channels in the same uplink transmission on the unlicensed spectrum, for example, the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel may be unlicensed spectrum. The channel in the same uplink transmission burst, and the like. Optionally, the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel may occupy different time domain resources in the same uplink transmission, and may also occupy the same time domain resource in the same uplink transmission.
其中,上述所说的同一上行传输具体可以为网络设备配置的至少一个时间上连续或不连续的上行子帧。这里所说的上行子帧可以是包含14个符号的完整子帧,也可以是小于14个符号的部分子帧,例如发送sPUCCH的子帧、或者、只发送12或13个上行符号的ePUCCH/PUSCH上行子帧。需要说明的是,上述所说的时间上连续的上行子帧是指该至少一个上行子帧从网络设备的角度而言是连续的,而对于某一个终端设备来说可能是不连续的。例如:网络设备将连续的上行子帧#1、#2、#3、#4分别分配给终端设备1、终端设备2、终端设备3、终端设备1作为上行控制信道或上行业务信道。对于终端设备1而言,虽然上行子帧#2、#3未被分配给终端设备1,导致终端设备1所使用的上行子帧#1和#4是间断的,但#1和#4在网络设备侧是连续的,因此仍然认为终端设备所使用的子帧#1和#4为同一个上行传输中的子帧。上述所说的时间上不连续的上行子帧是指,从网络设备的角度而言存在至少一个不连续的上行子帧,但不连续的上行子帧之间没有下行子帧,例如对于连续的子帧#1、#2、#3、#4,网络设备分别将#1、#2、#4分配给终端设备1、终端设备2、终端设备1作为上行控制信道或上行业务信道,而保留#3为空闲,因此仍然认为终端设备所使用的子帧#1和#4为同一个上行传输中的子帧。具体实现时,终端设备可以通过网络设备指示确定是否配置在同一上行传输中。 例如:终端设备可以通过网络设备发送的CPDCCH中指示的上行传输的长度UL burst duration,或者剩余信道占用时间(RCOT,Remaining Channel Occupancy Time),确定上行传输的时间,以此来判断上述第一上行信道和第二上行信道是否位于同一上行传输中。The foregoing uplink transmission may specifically be at least one temporally consecutive or discontinuous uplink subframe configured by the network device. The uplink subframe referred to herein may be a complete subframe including 14 symbols, or may be a partial subframe smaller than 14 symbols, for example, a subframe transmitting sPUCCH or an ePUCCH transmitting only 12 or 13 uplink symbols. PUSCH uplink subframe. It should be noted that the above-mentioned temporally consecutive uplink subframes mean that the at least one uplink subframe is continuous from the perspective of the network device, and may be discontinuous for a certain terminal device. For example, the network device allocates consecutive uplink subframes #1, #2, #3, and #4 to the terminal device 1, the terminal device 2, the terminal device 3, and the terminal device 1 as uplink control channels or uplink traffic channels, respectively. For the terminal device 1, although the uplink subframes #2 and #3 are not allocated to the terminal device 1, the uplink subframes #1 and #4 used by the terminal device 1 are intermittent, but #1 and #4 are in the The network device side is continuous, so it is still considered that the subframes #1 and #4 used by the terminal device are subframes in the same uplink transmission. The above-mentioned temporally discontinuous uplink subframes means that there are at least one discontinuous uplink subframe from the perspective of the network device, but there are no downlink subframes between the discontinuous uplink subframes, for example, for consecutive Subframes #1, #2, #3, #4, the network device assigns #1, #2, #4 to the terminal device 1, the terminal device 2, and the terminal device 1 as the uplink control channel or the uplink traffic channel, respectively, while retaining #3 is idle, so it is still considered that the subframes #1 and #4 used by the terminal device are subframes in the same uplink transmission. In a specific implementation, the terminal device may indicate, by using the network device, whether the configuration is in the same uplink transmission. For example, the terminal device may determine the uplink time by using the UL burst duration of the uplink transmission indicated by the CPDCCH transmitted by the network device, or the remaining channel occupation time (RCOT), to determine the uplink time. Whether the channel and the second uplink channel are in the same uplink transmission.
可选的,sPUCCH包括占用时域资源短于ePUCCH所占最短时域资源长度的上行控制信道,例如sPUCCH占用的时域资源为4个SC-FDMA(Single Carrier-Frequency Division Multiple Access)符号;ePUCCH占用的时域资源为12或13或14个SC-FDMA符号,所占最短时域资源长度为12个SC-FDMA符号。Optionally, the sPUCCH includes an uplink control channel whose occupied time domain resource is shorter than the shortest time domain resource length occupied by the ePUCCH, for example, the time domain resource occupied by the sPUCCH is 4 SC-FDMA (Single Carrier-Frequency Division Multiple Access) symbols; ePUCCH The occupied time domain resources are 12 or 13 or 14 SC-FDMA symbols, and the shortest time domain resource length is 12 SC-FDMA symbols.
可选的,sPUCCH包括与下行部分子帧共享同一子帧的上行控制信道,其中下行部分子帧早于sPUCCH,ePUCCH包括不与下行共享同一子帧的上行控制信道;下行部分子帧包括一个子帧内未占满该子帧中全部符号的下行传输。可选的,sPUCCH包括占用时域资源短于ePUCCH所占最短时域资源长度,且与下行部分子帧共享同一子帧的上行控制信道。Optionally, the sPUCCH includes an uplink control channel that shares the same subframe as the downlink sub-frame, where the downlink sub-frame is earlier than the sPUCCH, the ePUCCH includes an uplink control channel that does not share the same sub-frame with the downlink, and the downlink sub-frame includes one sub-frame. The downlink transmission of all symbols in the subframe is not occupied within the frame. Optionally, the sPUCCH includes an uplink control channel in which the occupied time domain resource is shorter than the shortest time domain resource length occupied by the ePUCCH, and the same subframe is shared with the downlink partial subframe.
本发明实施例提供的上行信号传输方法,终端设备在接收到用于指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK的第一控制信息,接收到用于指示终端设备在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK的第二控制信息,以及,接收到指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一上行信息的第三控制信息时,终端设备可以根据第二控制信息、第三控制信息,确定在第一上行信道发送第一上行信息、在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK,以达到有效利用上行控制信道的目的,提高了上行传输的资源利用率。若上述上行传输为非授权频谱的上行传输,则可以提高非授权频谱资源的利用率。According to the uplink signal transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal device receives the first control information for indicating that the terminal device sends the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel, and receives the indication that the terminal device is in the second uplink channel. Sending the second control information of the second HARQ-ACK, and receiving the third control information indicating that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, the terminal device may be configured according to the second control information and the third control information, Determining that the first uplink information is sent on the first uplink channel and the second HARQ-ACK is sent on the second uplink channel, so as to effectively utilize the uplink control channel, the resource utilization of the uplink transmission is improved. If the uplink transmission is an uplink transmission of an unlicensed spectrum, the utilization of the unlicensed spectrum resource can be improved.
现有技术中,eNodeB可以使用上行探测参考信号SRS(Sounding reference signal)来估计不同频段的上行信道质量。目前,LTE中定义了2种类型的SRS传输,其中一种是周期性上行SRS(periodic SRS,对应trigger type 0),另一种是非周期性上行SRS(aperiodic SRS,对应trigger type 1)。关于非周期性上行SRS,具体实现时,对于FDD,eNodeB可以通过DCI format 0/4/1A触发终端设备发送非周期性上行SRS;对于TDD,eNodeB可以通过DCI format 0/4/1A/2B/2C触发终端设备发送非周期性上行SRS。In the prior art, the eNodeB can use an uplink sounding reference signal (SRS) to estimate the uplink channel quality of different frequency bands. Currently, two types of SRS transmissions are defined in LTE, one of which is a periodic uplink SRS (corresponding to a trigger type 0), and the other is an aperiodic uplink SRS (corresponding to a trigger type 1). For a non-periodic uplink SRS, for the FDD, the eNodeB can trigger the acyclic device to send the aperiodic uplink SRS through the DCI format 0/4/1A. For the TDD, the eNodeB can pass the DCI format 0/4/1A/2B/. The 2C triggers the terminal device to send the aperiodic uplink SRS.
目前,LAA-LTE系统下的终端设备在发送非周期性上行SRS时,为了能 够与其他系统可以共同使用非授权频段,终端设备采用先听后发(Listen-Before-Talk,简称:LBT)的信道接入机制,即终端设备在根据基站为其所调度的资源发送数据之前,先执行空闲信道评测(Clear Channel Assessment,CCA)方式对非授权频段进行评测,以确定是否可以在基站为其所调度的资源上发送上行SRS。若评测结果为成功,说明没有任何信道使用非授权频段发送数据,则确定非授权频段上的信道空闲,在这种情况下,终端设备就可以使用非授权频段发送上行SRS。若评测结果为失败,说明存在至少一个信道使用非授权频段发送数据,则确定非授权频段上的信道忙碌,在这种情况下,为了避免影响其他信道的数据传输,终端设备就不能使用非授权频段发送上行SRS。At present, the terminal equipment in the LAA-LTE system sends a non-periodic uplink SRS in order to The non-licensed frequency band can be used together with other systems, and the terminal device adopts a channel access mechanism of Listen-Before-Talk (LBT), that is, the terminal device sends data according to the resources scheduled by the base station. The Clear Channel Assessment (CCA) method is first performed to measure the unlicensed frequency band to determine whether the uplink SRS can be sent on the resources scheduled by the base station. If the evaluation result is successful, indicating that no channel uses the unlicensed band to transmit data, it is determined that the channel on the unlicensed band is idle. In this case, the terminal device can use the unlicensed band to send the uplink SRS. If the evaluation result is a failure, indicating that at least one channel uses the unlicensed frequency band to transmit data, it is determined that the channel on the unlicensed frequency band is busy. In this case, in order to avoid affecting data transmission of other channels, the terminal device cannot use the unauthorized device. The frequency band transmits the uplink SRS.
终端设备所执行的信道空闲评测可以分为两种评测类型:The channel idle evaluation performed by the terminal device can be divided into two evaluation types:
第一评测类型:终端设备首先侦听信道,确定信道在一个延迟期间(defer duration)Tf=16us的时间内是空闲的状态,然后终端设备执行一个单时隙的信道侦听,该单时隙的信道侦听时间段Tsl=9us。若终端设备在该Tsl的时间内仍然检测到信道空闲,则终端设备被允许在该信道上发送数据。否则,若终端设备在该Tsl的时间内检测到信道忙碌,终端设备不被允许在该信道上发送数据。其中,终端设备可以通过在该单时隙的时间内接收到信道上的功率与能量检测门限比较,若高于预设门限,则终端设备确定在该单时隙的时间段内的信道忙碌;若低于预设门限,则终端设备确定在该单时隙的时间段内信道空闲。The first evaluation type: the terminal device first listens to the channel, determines that the channel is idle during a delay period of Tf = 16 us, and then the terminal device performs a single-slot channel listening, the single-time The channel listening period of the slot is T sl =9us. If the terminal device still detects that the channel is idle during the time of the T sl , the terminal device is allowed to transmit data on the channel. Otherwise, if the terminal device detects that the channel is busy within the time of the T sl , the terminal device is not allowed to transmit data on the channel. The terminal device can compare the power received on the channel in the single time slot with the energy detection threshold. If the terminal device is higher than the preset threshold, the terminal device determines that the channel is busy during the time slot of the single time slot. If it is lower than the preset threshold, the terminal device determines that the channel is idle during the time period of the single time slot.
第二评测类型:终端设备在0到CWp之间随机选择一个随机数作为随机回退计数初始值。终端设备首先侦听信道确定信道在一个延迟期间(defer duration)Tf=16us时间内是空闲的状态。然后终端设备依次逐个执行单时隙的信道侦听。如果终端设备在单时隙信道侦听时间内确定信道空闲,则将上述随机回退计数值减1;如果终端设备在单时隙侦听时间内确定信道忙碌,则上述随机回退计数值暂不减1。当随机回退计数值减为0时终端设备可以确定最终的信道评测结果为成功,则终端设备被允许该信道上发送数据,否则,在随机回退计数值减为0之前,终端设备不被允许该信道上发送数据。Second evaluation type: The terminal device randomly selects a random number between 0 and CW p as the initial value of the random backoff count. The terminal device first listens to the channel to determine that the channel is idle during a defer duration Tf = 16 us. The terminal device then performs channel tracking of single slots one by one in sequence. If the terminal device determines that the channel is idle in the single-slot channel listening time, the random back-off count value is decremented by one; if the terminal device determines that the channel is busy in the single-slot listening time, the random back-off count value is temporarily Do not lose 1. When the random backoff count value is reduced to 0, the terminal device may determine that the final channel evaluation result is successful, and the terminal device is allowed to send data on the channel; otherwise, the terminal device is not used until the random backoff count value is reduced to 0. Allow data to be sent on this channel.
基站和终端设备在上述信道空闲评测结果被允许占用非授权频段发送数据,但是占用非授权频段发送数据的时间长度是受限的,目前,该时间长度 为最大信道占用时长MCOT(Maximum Channel Occupancy Time,简称:MCOT)。现有技术中,终端设备在向基站发送非周期性上行SRS时,若基站为终端设备分配的上行资源(即上行SRS的发送时刻)在基站的MCOT内,则终端设备可以在发送该上行SRS之前,采用上述第一评测类型进行信道评测,只有按照第一评测类型得到的信道空闲评测结果为被允许占用非授权频谱的资源发送该SRS,则终端设备才能发送给SRS;若该上行SRS的发送时刻在基站的MCOT之外,则终端设备需要采用第二评测类型来进行信道评测。但是终端设备在采用第二评测类型来进行信道评测时,如何确定执行该CCA生成回退计数初始值所使用的竞争窗口长度,以确保终端设备在信道空闲评测结果为成功时,可以在基站所指示的位置上发送上行SRS,是一个亟待解决的问题。The base station and the terminal device are allowed to use the unlicensed frequency band to transmit data in the channel idle evaluation result, but the length of time for transmitting the data in the unlicensed frequency band is limited. Currently, the length of time It is the Maximum Channel Occupancy Time (MCOT). In the prior art, when the terminal device sends the aperiodic uplink SRS to the base station, if the uplink resource allocated by the base station for the terminal device (that is, the transmission time of the uplink SRS) is within the MCOT of the base station, the terminal device may send the uplink SRS. Before the channel evaluation is performed by using the first evaluation type, the terminal device can send the SRS only if the channel idle evaluation result obtained according to the first evaluation type is the resource that is allowed to occupy the unlicensed spectrum; if the uplink SRS is The sending time is outside the MCOT of the base station, and the terminal device needs to use the second evaluation type for channel evaluation. However, when the terminal device uses the second evaluation type for channel evaluation, how to determine the length of the contention window used to execute the initial value of the CCA generation backoff count to ensure that the terminal device can be at the base station when the channel idle evaluation result is successful. Sending an uplink SRS at the indicated location is an urgent problem to be solved.
下面以具体地实施例对本发明的技术方案进行详细说明。下面这几个具体的实施例可以相互结合,对于相同或相似的概念或过程可能在某些实施例不再赘述。The technical solutions of the present invention will be described in detail below with specific embodiments. The following specific embodiments may be combined with each other, and the same or similar concepts or processes may not be described in some embodiments.
图3为本发明实施例提供的上行信号传输方法实施例三的流程示意图。本实施例三涉及的是终端设备在获取到第一指示信息之后,如何根据第一子帧的子帧信息来确定第一窗口长度的具体过程。如图3所示,该方法包括:FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart diagram of Embodiment 3 of an uplink signal transmission method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. The third embodiment relates to a specific process of determining, by the terminal device, the length of the first window according to the subframe information of the first subframe after acquiring the first indication information. As shown in FIG. 3, the method includes:
S301、终端设备获取第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示终端设备在第一子帧的第一符号上发送上行探测参考信号。S301. The terminal device acquires the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the uplink sounding reference signal on the first symbol of the first subframe.
具体的,在本实施例中,终端设备可以获取基站发送的用于指示终端设备在第一子帧的第一符号上发送上行SRS的第一指示信息。其中,上述第一子帧可以为任一能够发送上行信号的子帧,例如:特殊子帧或正常子帧等。上述第一子帧的第一符号可以为上述第一子帧上的任一可以发送上行信号的符号,具体实现时,上述第一子帧的第一符号例如可以为上述第一子帧的最后一个符号。Specifically, in this embodiment, the terminal device may obtain first indication information that is sent by the base station to instruct the terminal device to send the uplink SRS on the first symbol of the first subframe. The first subframe may be any subframe that can send an uplink signal, for example, a special subframe or a normal subframe. The first symbol of the first subframe may be any one of the first subframes that can send an uplink signal. In a specific implementation, the first symbol of the first subframe may be, for example, the last of the first subframe. a symbol.
需要说明的是,本实施例不限定上述终端设备如何获取基站发送的第一指示信息,例如可以通过接收基站发送的DCI信令,来获取上述第一指示信息。It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the first indication information that is sent by the base station is obtained by the foregoing terminal device. For example, the first indication information may be obtained by receiving the DCI signaling sent by the base station.
S302、终端设备根据第一子帧的子帧信息确定第一窗口长度;第一窗口长度为终端设备执行信道空闲评测的竞争窗口长度;第一子帧的子帧信息包 括如下至少一项:第一子帧的子帧类型、第一子帧中的下行符号数量。S302. The terminal device determines, according to the subframe information of the first subframe, a first window length. The first window length is a contention window length of the terminal device performing channel idle evaluation; and the subframe information packet of the first subframe. Including at least one of the following: the subframe type of the first subframe, and the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe.
具体的,上述终端设备在接收到第一指示信息之后,可以根据第一指示信息确定需要在第一子帧的第一符号上发送上行SRS,并根据该第一子帧的子帧信息确定终端设备执行信道空闲评测的竞争窗口长度,即第一窗口长度,以使得终端设备在使用该第一窗口长度执行信道空闲评测时,可以在第一子帧的第一符号的时间之前有可能完成信道空闲评测的过程,从而使得终端设备可以在信道空闲评测成功时,根据第一指示信息在第一子帧的第一符号上成功发送上行SRS,提高了发送上行SRS的成功率。Specifically, after receiving the first indication information, the terminal device may determine, according to the first indication information, that the uplink SRS needs to be sent on the first symbol of the first subframe, and determine the terminal according to the subframe information of the first subframe. The device performs the contention window length of the channel idle evaluation, that is, the first window length, so that the terminal device may complete the channel before the time of the first symbol of the first subframe when performing the channel idle evaluation using the first window length. The idle evaluation process, so that the terminal device can successfully send the uplink SRS on the first symbol of the first subframe according to the first indication information when the channel idle evaluation succeeds, thereby improving the success rate of transmitting the uplink SRS.
其中,本实施例不限定上述终端设备如何根据第一子帧的子帧信息确定第一窗口长度,例如:上述终端设备可以根据第一子帧的子帧信息,以及预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,确定第一窗口长度,还可以根据第一子帧的子帧信息,从高层获取第一窗口的长度等。上述第一子帧的子帧信息包括如下至少一项:第一子帧的子帧类型、第一子帧中的下行符号数量。The embodiment does not limit how the terminal device determines the first window length according to the subframe information of the first subframe. For example, the terminal device may use the subframe information of the first subframe and the preset subframe information. The mapping between the lengths of the windows determines the length of the first window, and the length of the first window is obtained from the upper layer according to the subframe information of the first subframe. The subframe information of the foregoing first subframe includes at least one of the following: a subframe type of the first subframe, and a downlink symbol number in the first subframe.
这里所说的第一子帧的子帧类型例如可以为特殊子帧或正常子帧。需要说明的是,在本实施例中,特殊子帧可以为下行突发中的最后一个子帧,该特殊子帧中的第一部分符号为用于发送下行信息的下行符号,第二部分符号为用于发生时上行信息的上行符号。即基站可以使用该特殊子帧中的第一部分符号发送下行数据,而终端设备可以使用该特殊子帧中的第二部分符号发送上行数据。可选的,上述第一部分符号和第二部分符号之间有保护间隔。上述第一部分符号和第二部分符号数目之和小于等于一个特殊子帧的总符号数。可选的,上述第一部分符号在时间上位于第二部分符号之前。具体实现时,上述第一部分符号包括的符号个数例如可以为3、6、9、10、11、12中的一个值。上述所说的正常子帧中没有符号用于下行信息的传输,至少一个符号用于上行信息传输。The subframe type of the first subframe mentioned here may be, for example, a special subframe or a normal subframe. It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the special subframe may be the last subframe in the downlink burst, and the first partial symbol in the special subframe is a downlink symbol used for transmitting downlink information, and the second partial symbol is The upstream symbol used for uplink information when it occurs. That is, the base station may send the downlink data by using the first part of the special subframe, and the terminal device may send the uplink data by using the second part of the special subframe. Optionally, there is a guard interval between the first part symbol and the second part symbol. The sum of the number of the first partial symbol and the second partial symbol is less than or equal to the total number of symbols of a special subframe. Optionally, the first part of the symbol is located in front of the second part of the symbol in time. In a specific implementation, the number of symbols included in the first partial symbol may be, for example, one of 3, 6, 9, 10, 11, and 12. In the above-mentioned normal subframe, there is no symbol for transmission of downlink information, and at least one symbol is used for uplink information transmission.
上述第一子帧的子帧信息可以包括:第一子帧中的下行符号数量。可选的,若第一子帧中的下行符号数量大于0且其中有用于发送上行信息的符号,则说明该第一子帧为特殊子帧,若第一子帧中的下行符号数量为0,说明该第一子帧为正常子帧。The subframe information of the foregoing first subframe may include: the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe. Optionally, if the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is greater than 0 and there is a symbol for sending uplink information, the first subframe is a special subframe, and the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is 0. , indicating that the first subframe is a normal subframe.
上述第一子帧的子帧信息还可以同时包括:第一子帧的子帧类型和第一子帧中的下行符号数量等。 The subframe information of the first subframe may also include: a subframe type of the first subframe, a downlink symbol number in the first subframe, and the like.
S303、终端设备根据第一窗口长度执行信道空闲评测;信道空闲评测用于确定是否被允许在第一子帧的第一符号上发送上行探测参考信号。S303. The terminal device performs channel idle evaluation according to the first window length. The channel idle evaluation is used to determine whether the uplink sounding reference signal is allowed to be sent on the first symbol of the first subframe.
具体的,终端设备在确定第一窗口长度之后,可以根据该第一窗口长度执行信道空闲评测,以确定是否被允许在第一子帧的第一符号上发送上行探测参考信号。其中,终端设备根据第一窗口长度执行信道空闲评测,具体可以参见现有技术中对第二评测类型的描述,例如:终端设备根据第一窗口长度,确定信道空闲评测的随机回退计数初始值,进而根据该随机回退计数初始值执行信道空闲测评。Specifically, after determining the length of the first window, the terminal device may perform channel idle evaluation according to the first window length to determine whether the uplink sounding reference signal is allowed to be sent on the first symbol of the first subframe. The terminal device performs the channel idle evaluation according to the first window length. For details, refer to the description of the second evaluation type in the prior art. For example, the terminal device determines the initial value of the random backoff count of the channel idle evaluation according to the first window length. And performing channel idle evaluation based on the initial value of the random backoff count.
S304、终端设备在信道空闲评测成功时,根据第一指示信息在第一子帧的第一符号上发送上行探测参考信号。S304. The terminal device sends an uplink sounding reference signal on the first symbol of the first subframe according to the first indication information when the channel idle evaluation succeeds.
具体的,终端设备在信道空闲评测成功时,说明被允许占用非授权频谱上第一子帧中第一符号的资源发送信息,在这种情况下,终端设备就可以根据第一指示信息,在第一指示信息所指示的第一子帧的第一符号上发送上行SRS。如果终端设备信道空闲评测失败,则终端设备不根据第一指示信息在第一子帧的第一符号上发送上行探测参考信号。Specifically, when the channel idle evaluation succeeds, the terminal device indicates that the resource transmission information of the first symbol in the first subframe on the unlicensed spectrum is allowed to be occupied. In this case, the terminal device may be based on the first indication information. The uplink SRS is transmitted on the first symbol of the first subframe indicated by the first indication information. If the terminal device channel idle evaluation fails, the terminal device does not send the uplink sounding reference signal on the first symbol of the first subframe according to the first indication information.
上述信道空闲评测用于确定是否被允许在第一子帧的第一符号上发送上行探测参考信号。信道空闲评测成功指的是终端设备在第一子帧的第一符号之前根据第一窗口长度确定的随机回退计数值减为0,且确定被允许占用非授权频谱上第一符号发送上行信息。信道空闲评测失败指的是终端设备在第一子帧的第一符号之前根据第一窗口长度确定的随机回退计数值尚未减为0,且确定未被允许占用非授权频谱上第一符号发送上行信息。The above channel idle evaluation is used to determine whether it is allowed to transmit an uplink sounding reference signal on the first symbol of the first subframe. The success of the channel idle evaluation refers to that the terminal device reduces the random backoff count value determined according to the first window length to 0 before the first symbol of the first subframe, and determines that the first symbol on the unlicensed spectrum is allowed to transmit the uplink information. . The channel idle evaluation failure refers to that the random backoff count value determined by the terminal device according to the first window length before the first symbol of the first subframe has not been reduced to 0, and it is determined that the first symbol transmission on the unlicensed spectrum is not allowed to be used. Uplink information.
现有技术中,上述第一指示信息指示终端设备在第一子帧的第一符号上发送上行SRS时,若上述第一子帧是特殊子帧,则终端设备在根据该第一指示信息在第一子帧的第一符号上发送该上行SRS之前,需要在基站所使用的该特殊子帧发送信息数据的最后一个下行符号之后,在终端设备所使用的第一符号之前的时间段内完成信道空闲评测过程,即根据信道空闲评测竞争窗口长度确定的随机回退计数值减为0。以第一子帧的第一符号为特殊子帧的最后一个符号(即第14个符号),以基站所使用的最后一个下行符号为特殊子帧的第12个符号为例,则终端设备需要在第一子帧的第13个符号完成信道空闲评测过程,并从接收信号状态转换为发送信号状态,才有可能在信道 空闲评测成功时,即评测结果为被允许占用第一符号的资源发送信息的情况下,在第一符号上发送上行SRS。In the prior art, when the first indication information indicates that the terminal device sends the uplink SRS on the first symbol of the first subframe, if the first subframe is a special subframe, the terminal device is in accordance with the first indication information. Before transmitting the uplink SRS on the first symbol of the first subframe, after the last downlink symbol of the information data is sent by the special subframe used by the base station, the time period before the first symbol used by the terminal device is completed. The channel idle evaluation process, that is, the random backoff count value determined according to the channel idle evaluation contention window length is reduced to zero. Taking the first symbol of the first subframe as the last symbol of the special subframe (ie, the 14th symbol), taking the last downlink symbol used by the base station as the 12th symbol of the special subframe as an example, the terminal device needs It is possible to be in the channel when the 13th symbol of the first subframe completes the channel idle evaluation process and transitions from the received signal state to the transmitted signal state. When the idle evaluation is successful, that is, if the evaluation result is the resource transmission information that is allowed to occupy the first symbol, the uplink SRS is transmitted on the first symbol.
此时,若终端设备执行CCA时使用的竞争窗口长度大于一个符号的长度,则终端设备根据该竞争窗口长度所产生的随机回退计数初始值所对应的时间长度,也可能会大于一个符号所占的时间长度。这样,即使非授权频段在第13个符号上总是空闲的,终端设备也无法在第一子帧的第13个符号完成信道空闲评测过程,导致终端设备无法在第一子帧的第一符号发送SRS。具体地:终端设备从接收状态转为发送状态通常需要20us的时间。一个符号(包括CP)的长度为71.35us,假设终端设备在第13个符号执行L次信道侦听。那么,16(信道监听延迟时长)+9(单时隙时长)L(次数)+20(收发状态转换时长)<71.35 us的情况下,终端设备才可能在第13个符号完成信道空闲评测,并从接收状态转为发送状态,在第一符号发送上行SRS,此时,上述公式中对应L需要小于3.93。也就是说,终端设备在使用竞争窗口所产生的随机回退计数初始值值不能大于4,这样,才能够在第13个符号内完成信道空闲评测过程,并从接收状态转为发送状态。如果竞争窗口的长度大于4,则会存在终端设备根据该竞争窗口所产生的随机回退计数初始值可能大于4,这种情况下终端设备无法在第13个符号内完成信道空闲评测过程,并从接收状态转为发送状态,导致终端设备即便后续的时间完成了信道空闲评测过程,由于信道空闲评测过程已经占用了第一符号的时间,因此无法在第一符号上发送上行SRS。At this time, if the length of the contention window used by the terminal device to perform CCA is greater than the length of one symbol, the length of time corresponding to the initial value of the random backoff count generated by the terminal device according to the contention window length may be greater than one symbol. The length of time. Thus, even if the unlicensed band is always idle on the thirteenth symbol, the terminal device cannot complete the channel idle evaluation process in the thirteenth symbol of the first subframe, causing the terminal device to fail the first symbol in the first subframe. Send SRS. Specifically, it usually takes 20 us for the terminal device to change from the receiving state to the transmitting state. The length of one symbol (including the CP) is 71.35us, assuming that the terminal device performs L channel interception on the 13th symbol. Then, 16 (channel monitor delay duration) + 9 (single slot duration) L (number of times) + 20 (transceiver state transition duration) <71.35 us, the terminal device may complete the channel idle evaluation in the 13th symbol, And from the receiving state to the transmitting state, the uplink SRS is sent in the first symbol. At this time, the corresponding L in the above formula needs to be less than 3.93. That is to say, the initial value of the random backoff count generated by the terminal device in using the contention window cannot be greater than 4, so that the channel idle evaluation process can be completed in the 13th symbol and switched from the receiving state to the transmitting state. If the length of the contention window is greater than 4, the initial value of the random backoff count generated by the terminal device according to the contention window may be greater than 4. In this case, the terminal device cannot complete the channel idle evaluation process in the 13th symbol, and The transition from the receiving state to the transmitting state causes the terminal device to complete the channel idle evaluation process even after the time. Since the channel idle evaluation process has occupied the first symbol time, the uplink SRS cannot be sent on the first symbol.
而本实施例提供的上行信号传输方法,终端设备可以根据第一子帧的子帧信息确定执行信道空闲评测的竞争窗口的长度,以使得终端设备可以选择适配于第一子帧的竞争窗口长度来执行信道空闲评测,从而提高终端设备可以在第一子帧的第一符号开始之前,完成信道空闲评测的过程的概率,进而使得终端设备可以在信道空闲评测成功时,在第一子帧的第一符号上成功发送上行SRS,提高了发送上行SRS的成功率,进而提高了上行信道的资源利用率,提高了非授权频谱资源利用率。In the uplink signal transmission method provided by this embodiment, the terminal device may determine, according to the subframe information of the first subframe, the length of the contention window for performing channel idle evaluation, so that the terminal device may select a contention window adapted to the first subframe. Length to perform channel idle evaluation, thereby improving the probability that the terminal device can complete the process of channel idle evaluation before the first symbol of the first subframe starts, so that the terminal device can be in the first subframe when the channel idle evaluation is successful. The uplink SRS is successfully sent on the first symbol, which improves the success rate of transmitting the uplink SRS, thereby improving the resource utilization of the uplink channel and improving the utilization of the unlicensed spectrum resource.
本发明实施例提供的上行信号传输方法,终端设备在接收到基站所发送的用于指示终端设备在第一子帧的第一符号上发送上行SRS的第一指示信息之后,根据该第一子帧的子帧信息确定终端设备执行信道空闲评测的竞争窗 口长度,从而使得终端设备可以根据该竞争窗口长度执行信道空闲评测,以提高终端设备在第一子帧的第一符号开始之前,完成信道空闲评测过程的概率,进而使得终端设备可以在信道空闲评测成功时,在第一子帧的第一符号上成功发送上行SRS,提高了发送上行SRS的成功率,进而提高了上行信道的资源利用率,提高了非授权频谱资源利用率。The uplink signal transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, after the terminal device receives the first indication information that is sent by the base station to instruct the terminal device to send the uplink SRS on the first symbol of the first subframe, according to the first sub The subframe information of the frame determines a contention window in which the terminal device performs channel idle evaluation The length of the port, so that the terminal device can perform the channel idle evaluation according to the contention window length, so as to improve the probability that the terminal device completes the channel idle evaluation process before the first symbol of the first subframe starts, so that the terminal device can be idle in the channel. When the evaluation succeeds, the uplink SRS is successfully sent on the first symbol of the first subframe, which improves the success rate of transmitting the uplink SRS, thereby improving the resource utilization of the uplink channel and improving the utilization of the unlicensed spectrum resource.
进一步地,在上述实施例的基础上,本实施例涉及的是终端设备如何根据所述第一子帧的子帧信息确定第一窗口长度,则上述S302可以包括:终端设备根据第一子帧的子帧信息,以及预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,确定第一窗口长度。Further, on the basis of the foregoing embodiment, the embodiment is related to how the terminal device determines the first window length according to the subframe information of the first subframe, and the S302 may include: the terminal device according to the first subframe. The subframe information, and the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length, determines the length of the first window.
具体的,终端设备在接收到基站所发送的用于指示终端设备在第一子帧的第一符号上发送上行SRS的第一指示信息之后,可以根据该第一子帧的子帧信息,以及预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,确定第一窗口长度。其中,上述预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系具体可以分为如下三种情况:Specifically, after receiving the first indication information that is sent by the base station to indicate that the terminal device sends the uplink SRS on the first symbol of the first subframe, the terminal device may be configured according to the subframe information of the first subframe, and The mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length determines the length of the first window. The mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length may be specifically classified into the following three cases:
第一种情况:上述第一子帧的子帧信息包括:第一子帧的子帧类型,在这种情况下,终端设备可以根据第一子帧的子帧类型,和预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系确定第一窗口的长度。该预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系为每种子帧类型与该子帧类型下所使用的窗口长度的一一对应关系。例如,上述预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,可以包括:若第一子帧的类型为特殊子帧,则第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第一预设值;若第一子帧的类型为正常子帧,则第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第二预设值;第一预设值小于第二预设值。其中,上述第一预设值与第二预设值的具体取值具体可以根据特殊子帧与正常子帧的结构确定,例如:上述第一预设值可以为3,上述第二预设值可以为7等。这样,在第一子帧的第一符号为特殊子帧的最后一个符号,基站所使用的最后一个下行符号为特殊子帧的第12个符号的情况下,终端设备以该竞争窗口长度3确定的信道空闲评测的随机回退计数初始值一定不大于3,只要信道实际在第13个符号是空闲的,终端设备就可以在第13个符号完成信道空闲评测过程,并从接收信号状态转换为发送信号状态,即评测结果为被允许占用第一符号的资源发送信息的情况下,在第一符号上发送上行SRS。而当第一子帧为正常子帧,第一符号为第一子 帧的最后一个符号时,由于终端设备执行信道空闲评测的过程不受该第一子帧中基站发送下行信号的影响,终端设备可以用更大的竞争窗口长度,在更长的时间内执行信道空闲评测的过程并完成从接收信号状态到发送信号状态的转换,比如用竞争窗口长度为7来确定的信道空闲评测的随机回退计数初始值满足信道共享公平性的需求。用本实施例所述的方法,上述终端设备可以在第一子帧为不同类型的子帧时,使用不同的竞争窗口来执行信道空闲评测,以提高终端设备可以在第一子帧的第一符号开始之前,完成信道空闲评测过程的概率,从而使得终端设备可以在CCA评测成功时,在第一子帧的第一符号上成功发送上行SRS,提高了发送上行SRS的成功率,进而提高了上行信道的资源利用率,提高了非授权频谱资源利用率。The first case: the subframe information of the first subframe includes: a subframe type of the first subframe, and in this case, the terminal device may use the subframe type of the first subframe and the preset subframe. The mapping relationship between information and window length determines the length of the first window. The mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length is a one-to-one correspondence between the seed frame type and the window length used under the subframe type. For example, the mapping between the preset subframe information and the window length may include: if the type of the first subframe is a special subframe, the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is a first preset value; If the type of the sub-frame is a normal sub-frame, the length of the window corresponding to the first sub-frame information is a second preset value; the first preset value is smaller than the second preset value. The specific value of the first preset value and the second preset value may be specifically determined according to the structure of the special subframe and the normal subframe. For example, the first preset value may be 3, and the second preset value. Can be 7 etc. Thus, in a case where the first symbol of the first subframe is the last symbol of the special subframe, and the last downlink symbol used by the base station is the 12th symbol of the special subframe, the terminal device determines the length of the contention window 3 The initial value of the random backoff count of the channel idle evaluation must be no more than 3. As long as the channel is actually idle in the 13th symbol, the terminal device can complete the channel idle evaluation process in the 13th symbol and convert from the received signal state to When the signal status is transmitted, that is, the evaluation result is the resource transmission information that is allowed to occupy the first symbol, the uplink SRS is transmitted on the first symbol. When the first subframe is a normal subframe, the first symbol is the first subframe. At the last symbol of the frame, since the process of performing channel idle evaluation by the terminal device is not affected by the downlink signal sent by the base station in the first subframe, the terminal device can perform the channel for a longer time with a larger contention window length. The idle evaluation process completes the conversion from the received signal state to the transmitted signal state. For example, the initial value of the random backoff count of the channel idle evaluation determined by the contention window length of 7 satisfies the requirement of channel sharing fairness. With the method in this embodiment, the terminal device may use different contention windows to perform channel idle evaluation when the first subframe is a different type of subframe, so as to improve that the terminal device can be the first in the first subframe. Before the symbol starts, the probability of the channel idle evaluation process is completed, so that the terminal device can successfully send the uplink SRS on the first symbol of the first subframe when the CCA evaluation is successful, thereby improving the success rate of transmitting the uplink SRS, thereby improving the success rate. The resource utilization of the uplink channel improves the utilization of unlicensed spectrum resources.
第二种情况:上述第一子帧的子帧信息包括:第一子帧中的下行符号数量,在这种情况下,终端设备可以根据第一子帧中的下行符号数量,和预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系确定第一窗口的长度。该预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系中包括每种第一子帧中的下行符号数量与和该数量值对应的窗口长度的对应关系。例如:若第一子帧中的下行符号数量为N1,则第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为K1;若所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量为N2,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为K2。其中N1和N2为整数,N1不等于N2,K1不等于K2。第一子帧中的不同的下行符号数量也可能对应相同的窗口长度。终端设备可以根据上述映射关系确定出和第一子帧中的下行符号数量相对应的窗口长度。需要说明的是,正常子帧中没有符号用于下行信息的传输,至少一个符号用于上行信息传输,因此正常子帧中下行符号数量为零。特别的,上述预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,可以包括:若第一子帧中的下行符号数量小于第一预设下行符号数量,则第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第三预设值;若第一子帧中的下行符号数量大于或等于第一预设下行符号数量,则第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第四预设值;第三预设值大于第四预设值。其中,上述第一预设下行符号数量,以及,上述第三预设值与第四预设值的具体取值具体可以根据特殊子帧与正常子帧的结构确定,例如:上述第一预设下行符号数量可以为12,上述第三预设值可以为7,上述第四预设值可以为3等。这样,在第一子帧的第一符号为特殊子帧的最后一个符号,基站所使用的最后一个下行符号为特殊子帧的第12个符号的 情况下,终端设备以该竞争窗口长度3确定的信道空闲评测的随机回退计数初始值一定不大于3,只要信道实际在第13个符号是空闲的,终端设备就可以在第13个符号完成信道空闲评测过程,并从接收信号状态转换为发送信号状态,即评测结果为被允许占用第一符号的资源发送信息的情况下,在第一符号上发送上行SRS。而当第一子帧为正常子帧或者第一子帧中下行符号数目较少的情况下,由于终端设备执行信道空闲评测的过程不受该第一子帧中基站发送下行信号的影响,终端设备可以用更大的竞争窗口长度,在更长的时间内执行信道空闲评测的过程并完成从接收信号状态到发送信号状态的转换,比如用竞争窗口长度为7来确定的信道空闲评测的随机回退计数初始值满足信道共享公平性的需求。用本实施例所述的方法,上述终端设备可以在第一子帧在包括不同的下行符号数量时,使用不同的竞争窗口来执行信道空闲评测,以提高终端设备可以在第一子帧的第一符号开始之前,完成信道空闲评测过程的概率,从而使得终端设备可以在CCA评测成功时,在第一子帧的第一符号上成功发送上行SRS,提高了发送上行SRS的成功率,进而提高了上行信道的资源利用率,提高了非授权频谱资源利用率。The second case: the subframe information of the first subframe includes: the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe, in this case, the terminal device may be based on the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe, and preset The mapping relationship between the subframe information and the window length determines the length of the first window. The mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes a correspondence between the number of downlink symbols in each first subframe and the window length corresponding to the quantum value. For example, if the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is N1, the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is K1; if the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is N2, the first subframe The window length corresponding to the information is K2. Where N1 and N2 are integers, N1 is not equal to N2, and K1 is not equal to K2. The number of different downstream symbols in the first subframe may also correspond to the same window length. The terminal device may determine a window length corresponding to the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe according to the above mapping relationship. It should be noted that there is no symbol in the normal subframe for downlink information transmission, and at least one symbol is used for uplink information transmission, so the number of downlink symbols in the normal subframe is zero. In particular, the mapping between the preset subframe information and the window length may include: if the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is smaller than the number of the first preset downlink symbols, the length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a third preset value; if the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is greater than or equal to the number of the first preset downlink symbols, the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is a fourth preset value; and the third preset value is greater than The fourth preset value. The specific number of the first preset downlink symbols, and the specific values of the third preset value and the fourth preset value may be specifically determined according to the structure of the special subframe and the normal subframe, for example, the first preset The number of downlink symbols may be 12, the third preset value may be 7, and the fourth preset value may be 3 or the like. Thus, the first symbol in the first subframe is the last symbol of the special subframe, and the last downlink symbol used by the base station is the 12th symbol of the special subframe. In this case, the initial value of the random backoff count of the channel idle evaluation determined by the terminal device with the contention window length 3 is not more than 3, and the terminal device can complete the 13th symbol as long as the channel is actually idle in the 13th symbol. The channel idle evaluation process converts from the received signal state to the transmitted signal state, that is, if the evaluation result is the resource transmission information allowed to occupy the first symbol, the uplink SRS is transmitted on the first symbol. When the first subframe is a normal subframe or the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is small, the process of performing channel idle evaluation by the terminal device is not affected by the downlink signal sent by the base station in the first subframe, and the terminal The device can perform the channel idle evaluation process and complete the conversion from the received signal state to the transmitted signal state in a longer time with a larger contention window length, such as randomization of the channel idle evaluation determined by the contention window length of 7. The initial value of the backoff count satisfies the need for channel sharing fairness. With the method in this embodiment, the terminal device may perform channel idle evaluation by using different contention windows when the first subframe includes different downlink symbol numbers, so as to improve that the terminal device can be in the first subframe. Before the start of a symbol, the probability of the channel idle evaluation process is completed, so that the terminal device can successfully send the uplink SRS on the first symbol of the first subframe when the CCA evaluation is successful, thereby improving the success rate of transmitting the uplink SRS, thereby improving The resource utilization of the uplink channel improves the utilization of unlicensed spectrum resources.
需要说明的是,上述第二种情况下所示的预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,仅为一种示意,本领域技术人员可以理解的是,在上述第一子帧的子帧信息包括第一子帧中的下行符号数量时,上述预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系并不以此为限,例如:上述预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系可以如下述表2所示的映射关系:It should be noted that the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length shown in the foregoing second case is only an indication, and those skilled in the art can understand that the child in the first subframe is When the frame information includes the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe, the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length is not limited thereto. For example, the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length may be The mapping relationship shown in Table 2 below:
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2016095066-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2016095066-appb-000001
可选的,上述预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系可以存在多种形式,例如下述表3所示的映射关系:Optionally, the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length may exist in multiple forms, such as the mapping relationship shown in Table 3 below:
表3 table 3
Figure PCTCN2016095066-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2016095066-appb-000002
第三种情况:上述第一子帧的子帧信息包括:第一子帧的子帧类型和第一子帧中的下行符号数量,终端设备可以根据第一子帧的子帧类型和第一子帧中下行符号的数量,和预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系确定第一窗口的长度。该预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系为每种子帧类型以及子帧中下行符号的数量与该子帧类型下所使用的窗口长度的一一对应关系。例如,在这种情况下,上述预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,可以包括:若第一子帧的类型为特殊子帧,且第一子帧中的下行符号数量小于第二预设下行符号数量,则第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第五预设值;若第一子帧的类型为特殊子帧,且第一子帧中的下行符号数量大于或等于第二预设下行符号数量,则第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第六预设值;若第一子帧的类型为正常子帧,则第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第七预设值;其中,第五预设值大于第六预设值,第五预设值小于或等于第七预设值。The third case: the subframe information of the first subframe includes: a subframe type of the first subframe and a downlink symbol number in the first subframe, and the terminal device may use the subframe type of the first subframe and the first The number of downlink symbols in the subframe, and the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length determine the length of the first window. The mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length is a one-to-one correspondence between the seed frame type and the number of downlink symbols in the subframe and the window length used in the subframe type. For example, in this case, the mapping between the preset subframe information and the window length may include: if the type of the first subframe is a special subframe, and the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is smaller than the second If the number of the downlink symbols is preset, the length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a fifth preset value; if the type of the first subframe is a special subframe, and the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is greater than or equal to the second If the number of the downlink symbols is preset, the length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a sixth preset value; if the type of the first subframe is a normal subframe, the length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is the seventh preset. a value; wherein the fifth preset value is greater than the sixth preset value, and the fifth preset value is less than or equal to the seventh preset value.
其中,上述第二预设下行符号数量,以及,上述第五预设值、第六预设值、上述第七预设值的具体取值具体可以根据特殊子帧与正常子帧的结构确定,例如:上述第二预设下行符号数量可以为12,上述第五预设值可以为7,上述第六预设值可以为3,上述第七预设值可以为大于或等于7的一个值,例如:8等。这样,在第一子帧的第一符号为特殊子帧的最后一个符号,基站所使用的最后一个下行符号为特殊子帧的第12个符号的情况下,终端设备以该竞争窗口长度3确定的信道空闲评测的随机回退计数初始值一定不大于3,只要信道实际在第13个符号是空闲的,终端设备就可以在第13个符号完成信道空闲评测过程,并从接收信号状态转换为发送信号状态,即评测结果为被允许占用第一符号的资源发送信息的情况下,在第一符号上发送上行SRS。而当第一子帧为正常子帧或者第一子帧中下行符号数目较少的情况下, 由于终端设备执行信道空闲评测的过程不受该第一子帧中基站发送下行信号的影响,终端设备可以用更大的竞争窗口长度,在更长的时间内执行信道空闲评测的过程并完成从接收信号状态到发送信号状态的转换,比如用竞争窗口长度为7来确定的信道空闲评测的随机回退计数初始值满足信道共享公平性的需求。用本实施例所述的方法,上述终端设备可以在第一子帧在不同的类型时,且在同一类型包括不同的下行符号数量时,使用不同的竞争窗口来执行信道空闲评测,以提高终端设备可以在第一子帧的第一符号开始之前,完成信道空闲评测过程的概率,从而使得终端设备可以在CCA评测成功时,在第一子帧的第一符号上成功发送上行SRS,提高了发送上行SRS的成功率,进而提高了上行信道的资源利用率,提高了非授权频谱资源利用率。The specific value of the second preset downlink symbol, and the specific values of the fifth preset value, the sixth preset value, and the seventh preset value may be specifically determined according to the structure of the special subframe and the normal subframe. For example, the number of the second preset downlink symbols may be 12, the fifth preset value may be 7, the sixth preset value may be 3, and the seventh preset value may be a value greater than or equal to 7. For example: 8 etc. Thus, in a case where the first symbol of the first subframe is the last symbol of the special subframe, and the last downlink symbol used by the base station is the 12th symbol of the special subframe, the terminal device determines the length of the contention window 3 The initial value of the random backoff count of the channel idle evaluation must be no more than 3. As long as the channel is actually idle in the 13th symbol, the terminal device can complete the channel idle evaluation process in the 13th symbol and convert from the received signal state to When the signal status is transmitted, that is, the evaluation result is the resource transmission information that is allowed to occupy the first symbol, the uplink SRS is transmitted on the first symbol. When the first subframe is a normal subframe or the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is small, Since the process of performing channel idle evaluation by the terminal device is not affected by the downlink signal sent by the base station in the first subframe, the terminal device can perform the channel idle evaluation process and complete the process in a longer time with a larger contention window length. The conversion of the received signal state to the state of the transmitted signal, such as the initial value of the random backoff count of the channel idleness determined by the contention window length of 7, satisfies the requirement of channel sharing fairness. With the method in this embodiment, the terminal device may use different contention windows to perform channel idle evaluation when the first subframe is in different types, and when the same type includes different downlink symbol numbers, to improve the terminal. The device may complete the probability of the channel idle evaluation process before the first symbol of the first subframe starts, so that the terminal device can successfully send the uplink SRS on the first symbol of the first subframe when the CCA evaluation succeeds, thereby improving the uplink SRS. The success rate of sending uplink SRS improves the resource utilization of the uplink channel and improves the utilization of unlicensed spectrum resources.
需要说明的是,上述第三种情况下所示的预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,仅为一种示意,本领域技术人员可以理解的是,在上述第一子帧的子帧信息包括第一子帧的子帧类型和第一子帧中的下行符号数量时,上述预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系并不以此为限,例如:上述预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系可以如下述表4所示的映射关系:It should be noted that the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length shown in the foregoing third case is only an indication, and those skilled in the art can understand that the child in the first subframe is When the frame information includes the subframe type of the first subframe and the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe, the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length is not limited thereto, for example, the preset sub-subject The mapping relationship between the frame information and the window length can be as shown in the following Table 4:
表4Table 4
Figure PCTCN2016095066-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2016095066-appb-000003
本发明实施例提供的上行信号传输方法,终端设备可以获取到基站所发送的用于指示终端设备在第一子帧的第一符号上发送上行SRS的第一指示信息并根据该第一子帧的子帧信息确定终端设备执行信道空闲评测的竞争窗口长度,从而使得终端设备可以根据该竞争窗口长度执行信道空闲评测,以提高终端设备可以在第一子帧的第一符号开始之前,完成信道空闲评测过程的概率,进而使得终端设备可以在CCA评测成功时,在第一子帧的第一符号上 成功发送上行SRS,提高了发送上行SRS的成功率,进而提高了上行信道的资源利用率,提高了非授权频谱资源利用率。According to the uplink signal transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal device may obtain the first indication information that is sent by the base station to instruct the terminal device to send the uplink SRS on the first symbol of the first subframe, and according to the first subframe. The subframe information determines a contention window length that the terminal device performs the channel idle evaluation, so that the terminal device can perform the channel idle evaluation according to the contention window length, so that the terminal device can complete the channel before the first symbol of the first subframe starts. The probability of the idle evaluation process, so that the terminal device can be on the first symbol of the first subframe when the CCA evaluation is successful. The uplink SRS is successfully transmitted, which improves the success rate of transmitting the uplink SRS, thereby improving the resource utilization of the uplink channel and improving the utilization of the unlicensed spectrum resource.
进一步地,在上述实施例的基础上,在上述S302之前,该方法还可以包括:终端设备获取第一子帧的子帧信息。Further, on the basis of the foregoing embodiment, before the foregoing S302, the method may further include: acquiring, by the terminal device, subframe information of the first subframe.
具体的,在本实施中,上述终端设备获取用于指示终端设备在第一子帧的第一符号上发送上行SRS的第一指示信息,并获取第一子帧的子帧信息。其中,本实施例不限定上述终端设备获取第一子帧的子帧信息的方式,例如:上述终端设备可以直接通过第一指示信息中所携带的第一子帧的子帧信息获取第一子帧的子帧信息,还可以通过接收高层获取给终端设备专门发送的用于指示第一子帧的子帧信息的信令来获取第一子帧的子帧信息。Specifically, in this implementation, the foregoing terminal device acquires first indication information for instructing the terminal device to send an uplink SRS on the first symbol of the first subframe, and acquires subframe information of the first subframe. The embodiment does not limit the manner in which the terminal device acquires the subframe information of the first subframe. For example, the terminal device may directly obtain the first subframe by using the subframe information of the first subframe carried in the first indication information. The subframe information of the frame may also obtain the subframe information of the first subframe by receiving the signaling that is sent by the upper layer to the terminal device and is used to indicate the subframe information of the first subframe.
可选的,终端设备还可以通过基站在下行突发中的尾子帧和/或尾子帧之前的一个子帧上发送的公共控制信息来获取该第一子帧的子帧信息。具体实现时,若上述第一子帧的子帧信息包括:第一子帧的子帧类型,则终端设备可以根据第一指示信息中所携带的第一子帧的标识,以及,基站所发送的公共控制信息中所指示的其下行传输中的尾子帧的标识,来确定第一子帧是否为尾子帧,从而使得终端设备可以在第一子帧为尾子帧时,确定第一子帧为特殊子帧,在第一子帧不是尾子帧时,确定第一子帧为正常子帧。若上述第一子帧的子帧信息还包括:第一子帧的下行符号数量,则终端设备在根据上述方式确定第一子帧为特殊子帧时,进而通过公共控制信息中所指示的尾子帧的下行符号数量,来确定第一子帧的下行符号数量等。Optionally, the terminal device may further acquire the subframe information of the first subframe by using common control information sent by the base station on a subframe in the downlink burst and/or a subframe before the tail subframe. In a specific implementation, if the subframe information of the first subframe includes the subframe type of the first subframe, the terminal device may send, according to the identifier of the first subframe carried in the first indication information, The identifier of the tail subframe in the downlink transmission indicated by the common control information to determine whether the first subframe is a tail subframe, so that the terminal device can determine the first when the first subframe is the tail subframe. The subframe is a special subframe, and when the first subframe is not the tail subframe, it is determined that the first subframe is a normal subframe. If the subframe information of the first subframe further includes: the number of downlink symbols of the first subframe, the terminal device determines, by using the foregoing manner, that the first subframe is a special subframe, and further passes the tail indicated by the common control information. The number of downlink symbols of the subframe, to determine the number of downlink symbols of the first subframe, and the like.
可选的,在上述实施例的基础上,在上述S302之前,该方法还可以包括:终端设备确定使用第二评测类型执行信道空闲评测。本发明对于终端设备确定使用哪种评测类型执行信道空闲评测不做限定,例如,终端设备可以在第一指示信息中获取终端设备使用哪种评测类型执行信道空闲评测的信息。再例如,终端设备可以确定第一符号在基站的MCOT之内还是之外。如果该上行SRS的发送时刻在基站的MCOT之外,终端设备按照S302所述根据第一子帧的子帧信息确定第一窗口长度,并执行信道空闲评测等。本发明对于终端设备确定第一符号在基站的MCOT之内还是在基站的MCOT之外的方法不做限定,例如终端设备可以在第一指示信息中获取第一符号在基站的MCOT之内还是在基站的MCOT之外的信息,也可以在基站发送给多个终端 设备的公共信息中获取第一符号在基站的MCOT之内还是在MCOT之外的信息。Optionally, on the basis of the foregoing embodiment, before the foregoing S302, the method may further include: determining, by the terminal device, performing channel idle evaluation using the second evaluation type. The present invention is not limited to the terminal device determining which evaluation type to use to perform channel idle evaluation. For example, the terminal device may obtain, in the first indication information, information about which evaluation type the terminal device uses to perform channel idle evaluation. As another example, the terminal device can determine whether the first symbol is within or outside the MCOT of the base station. If the transmission time of the uplink SRS is outside the MCOT of the base station, the terminal device determines the first window length according to the subframe information of the first subframe according to S302, and performs channel idle evaluation or the like. The method for the terminal device to determine whether the first symbol is outside the MCOT of the base station or outside the MCOT of the base station is not limited. For example, the terminal device may obtain, in the first indication information, whether the first symbol is within the MCOT of the base station or Information other than the MCOT of the base station can also be sent to multiple terminals at the base station. The public information of the device acquires information that the first symbol is within the MCOT of the base station or outside the MCOT.
通过这种方式,可以使终端设备在获取到第一子帧的子帧信息之后,可以根据第一指示信息确定需要在第一子帧的第一符号上发送上行SRS,进而可以根据该第一子帧的子帧信息确定终端设备执行信道空闲评测的竞争窗口长度,即第一窗口长度,以使得终端设备在使用该第一窗口长度执行信道空闲评测时,有可能以在第一子帧的第一符号的时间之前,完成信道空闲评测的过程,从而使得终端设备可以在信道空闲评测成功时,根据第一指示信息在第一子帧的第一符号上成功发送上行SRS,提高了发送上行SRS的成功率。In this manner, after obtaining the subframe information of the first subframe, the terminal device may determine, according to the first indication information, that the uplink SRS needs to be sent on the first symbol of the first subframe, and then according to the first The subframe information of the subframe determines the contention window length of the channel idle evaluation, that is, the first window length, so that the terminal device may perform the channel idle evaluation using the first window length, possibly in the first subframe. Before the time of the first symbol, the process of channel idle evaluation is completed, so that the terminal device can successfully send the uplink SRS on the first symbol of the first subframe according to the first indication information when the channel idle evaluation succeeds, thereby improving the sending uplink. The success rate of SRS.
本发明实施例提供的上行信号传输方法,终端设备可以在接收到基站所发送的用于指示终端设备在第一子帧的第一符号上发送上行SRS的第一指示信息之后,可以获取到第一子帧的子帧信息,从而使得终端设备可以根据该第一子帧的子帧信息确定终端设备执行信道空闲评测的竞争窗口长度,从而使得终端设备可以根据该竞争窗口长度执行信道空闲评测,以提高终端设备可以在第一子帧的第一符号开始之前,完成信道空闲评测的过程的概率,进而使得终端设备可以在信道空闲评测成功时,在第一子帧的第一符号上成功发送上行SRS,提高了发送上行SRS的成功率,进而提高了上行信道的资源利用率,提高了非授权频谱资源利用率。The uplink signal transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present invention may be obtained by the terminal device after receiving the first indication information that is sent by the base station to instruct the terminal device to send the uplink SRS on the first symbol of the first subframe. Subframe information of a subframe, so that the terminal device can determine, according to the subframe information of the first subframe, a contention window length that the terminal device performs channel idle evaluation, so that the terminal device can perform channel idle evaluation according to the contention window length. To improve the probability that the terminal device can complete the channel idle evaluation process before the first symbol of the first subframe starts, so that the terminal device can successfully send the first symbol of the first subframe when the channel idle evaluation succeeds. The uplink SRS improves the success rate of transmitting the uplink SRS, thereby improving the resource utilization of the uplink channel and improving the utilization of the unlicensed spectrum resource.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解:实现上述各方法实施例的全部或部分步骤可以通过程序指令相关的硬件来完成。前述的程序可以存储于一计算机可读取存储介质中。该程序在执行时,执行包括上述各方法实施例的步骤;而前述的存储介质包括:ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that all or part of the steps to implement the various method embodiments described above may be accomplished by hardware associated with the program instructions. The aforementioned program can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. The program, when executed, performs the steps including the foregoing method embodiments; and the foregoing storage medium includes various media that can store program codes, such as a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.
图4为本发明实施例提供的终端设备实施例一的结构示意图,如图4所示,该终端设备可以包括:接收模块11和第一确定模块12;其中,FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 4, the terminal device may include: a receiving module 11 and a first determining module 12;
接收模块11,用于接收网络设备发送的第一控制信息、第二控制信息以及第三控制信息;第一控制信息指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK,第二控制信息指示终端设备在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK;The receiving module 11 is configured to receive first control information, second control information, and third control information that are sent by the network device, where the first control information indicates that the terminal device sends the first hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel. The second control information indicates that the terminal device sends the second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel.
第一确定模块12,用于在第三控制信息指示终端设备在第一上行信道发 送第一上行信息时,根据第二控制信息、第三控制信息,确定在第一上行信道向网络设备发送第一上行信息、在第二上行信道向网络设备发送第二HARQ-ACK。The first determining module 12 is configured to indicate, in the third control information, that the terminal device sends the first uplink channel When the first uplink information is sent, determining, according to the second control information and the third control information, that the first uplink information is sent to the network device on the first uplink channel, and the second HARQ-ACK is sent to the network device on the second uplink channel.
本发明实施例提供的终端设备,可以执行上述图1所示的方法实施例中终端设备侧的方法,其实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。The terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the method on the terminal device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 1 , and the implementation principle and the technical effect are similar, and details are not described herein again.
图5为本发明实施例提供的终端设备实施例二的结构示意图,如图5所示,在上述图4所示的终端设备的结构框图上,该终端设备还可以包括:FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 5, the terminal device may further include:
第二确定模块13,用于在第三控制信息未指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一上行信息时,根据第一控制信息、第二控制信息,确定在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK、在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK。The second determining module 13 is configured to: when the third control information does not indicate that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, determine, according to the first control information and the second control information, that the first HARQ is sent on the first uplink channel. - ACK, transmitting a second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel.
本发明实施例提供的终端设备,可以执行上述图2所示的方法实施例中终端设备侧的方法,其实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。The terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present invention can perform the method on the terminal device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
可选的,在本发明的一种实现方式中,上述第一上行信道为短物理上行控制信道sPUCCH,第二上行信道为扩展物理上行控制信道ePUCCH,或,物理上行共享信道PUSCH。则在这种情况下,上述第一上行控制信息包括以下至少一种信息:探测参考信号SRS、信道状态信息CSI。可选的,在本发明的一种实现方式中,上述第一上行信道为第一扩展物理上行控制信道ePUCCH,第二上行信道为第二ePUCCH,或,物理上行共享信道PUSCH。则在这种情况下,上述第一上行控制信息包括信道状态信息CSI。Optionally, in an implementation manner of the disclosure, the first uplink channel is a short physical uplink control channel sPUCCH, and the second uplink channel is an extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH. In this case, the foregoing first uplink control information includes at least one of the following information: a sounding reference signal SRS and channel state information CSI. Optionally, in an implementation manner of the disclosure, the first uplink channel is a first extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH, the second uplink channel is a second ePUCCH, or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH. In this case, the first uplink control information includes channel state information CSI.
可选的,在本发明的一种实现方式中,上述第二HARQ-ACK对应的第二下行数据信道集合包括第一HARQ-ACK对应的第一下行数据信道集合。可选的,在本发明的一种实现方式中,上述第一上行信道与第二上行信道所占的时域资源不同。可选的,在本发明的一种实现方式中,上述第一上行信道与第二上行信道在非授权频谱上的同一上行传输中。Optionally, in an implementation manner of the present invention, the second downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK includes a first downlink data channel set corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK. Optionally, in an implementation manner of the present invention, the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel occupy different time domain resources. Optionally, in an implementation manner of the present invention, the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are in the same uplink transmission on the unlicensed spectrum.
图6为本发明实施例提供的网络设备实施例一的结构示意图,如图6所示,该网络设备可以包括:发送模块21和第一确定模块22;其中,FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 6, the network device may include: a sending module 21 and a first determining module 22;
发送模块21,用于向终端设备发送第一控制信息、第二控制信息以及第三控制信息;第一控制信息指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK,第二控制信息指示终端设备在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK; The sending module 21 is configured to send the first control information, the second control information, and the third control information to the terminal device, where the first control information indicates that the terminal device sends the first hybrid automatic repeat request to confirm the HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel. The second control information indicates that the terminal device sends the second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel;
第一确定模块22,用于在第三控制信息指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一上行信息时,根据第二控制信息、第三控制信息,确定在第一上行信道接收终端设备发送的第一上行信息、在第二上行信道接收终端设备发送的第二HARQ-ACK。The first determining module 22 is configured to: when the third control information indicates that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, determine, according to the second control information and the third control information, that the terminal device is sent by the first uplink channel The first uplink information is used to receive the second HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device on the second uplink channel.
本发明实施例提供的网络设备,可以执行上述图1所示的方法实施例中网络设备侧的方法,其实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。The network device provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the method on the network device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 1 , and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
图7为本发明实施例提供的网络设备实施例二的结构示意图,如图7所示,在上述图6所示的网络设备的结构框图上,该网络设备还可以包括:FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 7, the network device may further include:
第二确定模块23,用于在第三控制信息未指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一上行信息时,根据第一控制信息、第二控制信息,确定在第一上行信道接收终端设备发送的第一HARQ-ACK、在第二上行信道接收终端设备发送的第二HARQ-ACK。The second determining module 23 is configured to: when the third control information does not indicate that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, determine, according to the first control information and the second control information, that the terminal device sends the first uplink channel The first HARQ-ACK receives the second HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device on the second uplink channel.
本发明实施例提供的网络设备,可以执行上述图2所示的方法实施例中网络设备侧的方法,其实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。The network device provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the method on the network device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
可选的,在本发明的一种实现方式中,上述第一上行信道为短物理上行控制信道sPUCCH,第二上行信道为扩展物理上行控制信道ePUCCH,或,物理上行共享信道PUSCH。则在这种情况下,上述第一上行控制信息包括以下至少一种信息:探测参考信号SRS、信道状态信息CSI。可选的,在本发明的一种实现方式中,上述第一上行信道为第一扩展物理上行控制信道ePUCCH,第二上行信道为第二ePUCCH,或,物理上行共享信道PUSCH。则在这种情况下,上述第一上行控制信息包括信道状态信息CSI。Optionally, in an implementation manner of the disclosure, the first uplink channel is a short physical uplink control channel sPUCCH, and the second uplink channel is an extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH. In this case, the foregoing first uplink control information includes at least one of the following information: a sounding reference signal SRS and channel state information CSI. Optionally, in an implementation manner of the disclosure, the first uplink channel is a first extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH, the second uplink channel is a second ePUCCH, or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH. In this case, the first uplink control information includes channel state information CSI.
可选的,在本发明的一种实现方式中,上述第二HARQ-ACK对应的第二下行数据信道集合包括第一HARQ-ACK对应的第一下行数据信道集合。可选的,在本发明的一种实现方式中,上述第一上行信道与第二上行信道所占的时域资源不同。可选的,在本发明的一种实现方式中,上述第一上行信道与第二上行信道在非授权频谱上的同一上行传输中。Optionally, in an implementation manner of the present invention, the second downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK includes a first downlink data channel set corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK. Optionally, in an implementation manner of the present invention, the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel occupy different time domain resources. Optionally, in an implementation manner of the present invention, the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are in the same uplink transmission on the unlicensed spectrum.
图8为本发明实施例提供的终端设备实施例三的结构示意图,如图8所示,该终端设备可以包括:获取模块31、确定模块32、执行模块33和发送模块34;其中,FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 8 , the terminal device may include: an obtaining module 31, a determining module 32, an executing module 33, and a sending module 34.
获取模块31,用于获取第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示终端设备 在第一子帧的第一符号上发送上行探测参考信号;The obtaining module 31 is configured to acquire first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the terminal device Transmitting an uplink sounding reference signal on the first symbol of the first subframe;
确定模块32,用于根据第一子帧的子帧信息确定第一窗口长度;第一窗口长度为终端设备执行信道空闲评测的竞争窗口长度;第一子帧的子帧信息包括如下至少一项:第一子帧的子帧类型、第一子帧中的下行符号数量;a determining module 32, configured to determine, according to the subframe information of the first subframe, a first window length; the first window length is a contention window length of the terminal device performing channel idle evaluation; and the subframe information of the first subframe includes at least one of the following : the subframe type of the first subframe, and the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe;
执行模块33,用于根据第一窗口长度执行信道空闲评测;信道空闲评测用于确定是否被允许在第一子帧的第一符号上发送上行探测参考信号;The executing module 33 is configured to perform channel idle evaluation according to the first window length; the channel idle evaluation is used to determine whether the uplink sounding reference signal is allowed to be sent on the first symbol of the first subframe;
发送模块34,用于在信道空闲评测成功时,根据第一指示信息在第一子帧的第一符号上发送上行探测参考信号。The sending module 34 is configured to send an uplink sounding reference signal on the first symbol of the first subframe according to the first indication information when the channel idle evaluation succeeds.
本发明实施例提供的终端设备,可以执行上述图3所示的方法实施例,其实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。The terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present invention can perform the method embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
可选的,在本发明的一种实现方式中,上述子帧类型为特殊子帧或者正常子帧。Optionally, in an implementation manner of the disclosure, the foregoing subframe type is a special subframe or a normal subframe.
可选的,上述确定模块32,具体可以用于根据第一子帧的子帧信息,以及预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,确定第一窗口长度。Optionally, the determining module 32 is specifically configured to determine the first window length according to the subframe information of the first subframe and the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length.
若上述第一子帧的子帧信息包括:第一子帧的子帧类型,则上述预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,包括:若第一子帧的类型为特殊子帧,则第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第一预设值;若第一子帧的类型为正常子帧,则第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第二预设值;第一预设值小于第二预设值。If the subframe information of the first subframe includes the subframe type of the first subframe, the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes: if the type of the first subframe is a special subframe, The length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a first preset value; if the type of the first subframe is a normal subframe, the length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a second preset value; The value is less than the second preset value.
若上述第一子帧的子帧信息包括:第一子帧中的下行符号数量,则上述预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,包括:若第一子帧中的下行符号数量小于第一预设下行符号数量,则第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第三预设值;若第一子帧中的下行符号数量大于或等于第一预设下行符号数量,则第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第四预设值;第三预设值大于第四预设值。If the subframe information of the first subframe includes the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe, the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes: if the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is smaller than The first preset number of downlink symbols, the length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a third preset value; if the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is greater than or equal to the number of the first preset downlink symbols, the first sub The window length corresponding to the frame information is a fourth preset value; the third preset value is greater than the fourth preset value.
若上述第一子帧的子帧信息包括:第一子帧的子帧类型和第一子帧中的下行符号数量,则上述预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,包括:若第一子帧的类型为特殊子帧,且第一子帧中的下行符号数量小于第二预设下行符号数量,则第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第五预设值;若第一子帧的类型为特殊子帧,且第一子帧中的下行符号数量大于或等于第二预设下行符号数量,则第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第六预设值;若第一子帧的类型为正常子帧,则第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第七预设值;第五预设值大于第 六预设值,第五预设值小于或等于第七预设值。If the subframe information of the first subframe includes: a subframe type of the first subframe and a downlink symbol number in the first subframe, the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes: If the type of the sub-frame is a special sub-frame, and the number of the downlink symbols in the first sub-frame is smaller than the number of the second preset downlink symbols, the window length corresponding to the first sub-frame information is the fifth preset value; If the type of the frame is a special subframe, and the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is greater than or equal to the number of the second preset downlink symbols, the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is a sixth preset value; If the type of the frame is a normal subframe, the length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a seventh preset value; the fifth preset value is greater than the first Six preset values, the fifth preset value is less than or equal to the seventh preset value.
可选的,上述获取模块31,还用于在确定模块32根据第一子帧的子帧信息确定第一窗口长度之前,获取第一子帧的子帧信息。Optionally, the obtaining module 31 is further configured to acquire the subframe information of the first subframe before the determining module 32 determines the first window length according to the subframe information of the first subframe.
图9为本发明实施例提供的终端设备实施例四的结构示意图,如图9所示,在上述图8所示的终端设备的结构框图上,该终端设备的执行模块33可以包括:FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 4 of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 9 , on the structural block diagram of the terminal device shown in FIG. 8 , the execution module 33 of the terminal device may include:
确定单元331,用于根据第一窗口长度,确定信道空闲评测的随机回退计数初始值;a determining unit 331, configured to determine, according to the first window length, an initial value of the random backoff count of the channel idle evaluation;
执行单元332,用于根据随机回退计数初始值执行信道空闲测评。The executing unit 332 is configured to perform channel idle evaluation according to the random backoff count initial value.
本发明实施例提供的终端设备,可以执行上述图3所示的方法实施例,其实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。The terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present invention can perform the method embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
图10为本发明实施例提供的终端设备实施例五的结构示意图,如图10所示,该终端设备可以包括:接收器41、处理器42和发送器43;其中,FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 5 of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 10, the terminal device may include: a receiver 41, a processor 42, and a transmitter 43.
接收器41,用于接收网络设备发送的第一控制信息、第二控制信息以及第三控制信息;第一控制信息指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK,第二控制信息指示终端设备在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK;The receiver 41 is configured to receive first control information, second control information, and third control information that are sent by the network device, where the first control information indicates that the terminal device sends the first hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel. The second control information indicates that the terminal device sends the second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel.
处理器42,用于在第三控制信息指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一上行信息时,根据第二控制信息、第三控制信息,确定控制发送器43在第一上行信道向网络设备发送第一上行信息、控制发送器43在第二上行信道向网络设备发送第二HARQ-ACK。The processor 42 is configured to: when the third control information indicates that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, determine, according to the second control information and the third control information, that the control transmitter 43 is in the first uplink channel to the network device. The first uplink information is sent, and the control transmitter 43 transmits a second HARQ-ACK to the network device on the second uplink channel.
本发明实施例提供的终端设备,可以执行上述图1所示的方法实施例中终端设备侧的方法,其实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。The terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the method on the terminal device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 1 , and the implementation principle and the technical effect are similar, and details are not described herein again.
可选的,上述处理器42,还用于在第三控制信息未指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一上行信息时,根据第一控制信息、第二控制信息,确定控制发送器43在第一上行信道发送第一HARQ-ACK、控制发送器43在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK。Optionally, the processor 42 is further configured to: when the third control information does not indicate that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, determine, according to the first control information and the second control information, that the control transmitter 43 is The first uplink channel transmits a first HARQ-ACK, and the control transmitter 43 transmits a second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel.
可选的,在本发明的一种实现方式中,上述第一上行信道为短物理上行控制信道sPUCCH,第二上行信道为扩展物理上行控制信道ePUCCH,或,物理上行共享信道PUSCH。则在这种情况下,上述第一上行控制信息包括以 下至少一种信息:探测参考信号SRS、信道状态信息CSI。可选的,在本发明的一种实现方式中,上述第一上行信道为第一扩展物理上行控制信道ePUCCH,第二上行信道为第二ePUCCH,或,物理上行共享信道PUSCH。则在这种情况下,上述第一上行控制信息包括信道状态信息CSI。Optionally, in an implementation manner of the disclosure, the first uplink channel is a short physical uplink control channel sPUCCH, and the second uplink channel is an extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH. In this case, the foregoing first uplink control information includes At least one of the following information: a sounding reference signal SRS, channel state information CSI. Optionally, in an implementation manner of the disclosure, the first uplink channel is a first extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH, the second uplink channel is a second ePUCCH, or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH. In this case, the first uplink control information includes channel state information CSI.
可选的,在本发明的一种实现方式中,上述第二HARQ-ACK对应的第二下行数据信道集合包括第一HARQ-ACK对应的第一下行数据信道集合。可选的,在本发明的一种实现方式中,上述第一上行信道与第二上行信道所占的时域资源不同。可选的,在本发明的一种实现方式中,上述第一上行信道与第二上行信道在非授权频谱上的同一上行传输中。Optionally, in an implementation manner of the present invention, the second downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK includes a first downlink data channel set corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK. Optionally, in an implementation manner of the present invention, the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel occupy different time domain resources. Optionally, in an implementation manner of the present invention, the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are in the same uplink transmission on the unlicensed spectrum.
图11为本发明实施例提供的网络设备实施例三的结构示意图,如图11所示,该网络设备可以包括:发送器51、处理器52和接收器53;其中,FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 11, the network device may include: a transmitter 51, a processor 52, and a receiver 53;
发送器51,用于向终端设备发送第一控制信息、第二控制信息以及第三控制信息;第一控制信息指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK,第二控制信息指示终端设备在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK;The transmitter 51 is configured to send the first control information, the second control information, and the third control information to the terminal device, where the first control information indicates that the terminal device sends the first hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel, The second control information indicates that the terminal device sends the second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel;
处理器52,用于在第三控制信息指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一上行信息时,根据第二控制信息、第三控制信息,确定控制接收器53在第一上行信道接收终端设备发送的第一上行信息、控制接收器53在第二上行信道接收终端设备发送的第二HARQ-ACK。The processor 52 is configured to: when the third control information indicates that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, determine, according to the second control information and the third control information, that the control receiver 53 receives the terminal device on the first uplink channel. The transmitted first uplink information, the control receiver 53 receives the second HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device on the second uplink channel.
本发明实施例提供的网络设备,可以执行上述图1所示的方法实施例中网络设备侧的方法,其实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。The network device provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the method on the network device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 1 , and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
可选的,处理器52,还用于在第三控制信息未指示终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一上行信息时,根据第一控制信息、第二控制信息,确定控制接收器53在第一上行信道接收终端设备发送的第一HARQ-ACK、控制接收器53在第二上行信道接收终端设备发送的第二HARQ-ACK。Optionally, the processor 52 is further configured to: when the third control information does not indicate that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, determine, according to the first control information and the second control information, that the control receiver 53 is in the first An uplink channel receives the first HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device, and the control receiver 53 receives the second HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device on the second uplink channel.
本发明实施例提供的网络设备,可以执行上述图2所示的方法实施例中网络设备侧的方法,其实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。The network device provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the method on the network device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
可选的,在本发明的一种实现方式中,上述第一上行信道为短物理上行控制信道sPUCCH,第二上行信道为扩展物理上行控制信道ePUCCH,或,物理上行共享信道PUSCH。则在这种情况下,上述第一上行控制信息包括以 下至少一种信息:探测参考信号SRS、信道状态信息CSI。可选的,在本发明的一种实现方式中,上述第一上行信道为第一扩展物理上行控制信道ePUCCH,第二上行信道为第二ePUCCH,或,物理上行共享信道PUSCH。则在这种情况下,上述第一上行控制信息包括信道状态信息CSI。Optionally, in an implementation manner of the disclosure, the first uplink channel is a short physical uplink control channel sPUCCH, and the second uplink channel is an extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH. In this case, the foregoing first uplink control information includes At least one of the following information: a sounding reference signal SRS, channel state information CSI. Optionally, in an implementation manner of the disclosure, the first uplink channel is a first extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH, the second uplink channel is a second ePUCCH, or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH. In this case, the first uplink control information includes channel state information CSI.
可选的,在本发明的一种实现方式中,上述第二HARQ-ACK对应的第二下行数据信道集合包括第一HARQ-ACK对应的第一下行数据信道集合。可选的,在本发明的一种实现方式中,上述第一上行信道与第二上行信道所占的时域资源不同。可选的,在本发明的一种实现方式中,上述第一上行信道与第二上行信道在非授权频谱上的同一上行传输中。Optionally, in an implementation manner of the present invention, the second downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK includes a first downlink data channel set corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK. Optionally, in an implementation manner of the present invention, the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel occupy different time domain resources. Optionally, in an implementation manner of the present invention, the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are in the same uplink transmission on the unlicensed spectrum.
图12为本发明实施例提供的终端设备实施例六的结构示意图,如图12所示,该终端设备可以包括:处理器61和发送器62;其中,FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 6 of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 12, the terminal device may include: a processor 61 and a transmitter 62.
处理器61,用于获取第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示终端设备在第一子帧的第一符号上发送上行探测参考信号;The processor 61 is configured to obtain the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device sends the uplink sounding reference signal on the first symbol of the first subframe.
处理器61,还用于根据第一子帧的子帧信息确定第一窗口长度,并根据第一窗口长度执行信道空闲评测;第一窗口长度为终端设备执行信道空闲评测的竞争窗口长度;第一子帧的子帧信息包括如下至少一项:第一子帧的子帧类型、第一子帧中的下行符号数量;信道空闲评测用于确定是否被允许在第一子帧的第一符号上发送上行探测参考信号;The processor 61 is further configured to determine a first window length according to the subframe information of the first subframe, and perform channel idle evaluation according to the first window length; the first window length is a contention window length of the terminal device performing channel idle evaluation; The subframe information of a subframe includes at least one of: a subframe type of the first subframe, a downlink symbol number in the first subframe, and a channel idle evaluation for determining whether the first symbol in the first subframe is allowed. Sending an uplink sounding reference signal;
发送器62,用于在信道空闲评测成功时,根据第一指示信息在第一子帧的第一符号上发送上行探测参考信号。The transmitter 62 is configured to send an uplink sounding reference signal on the first symbol of the first subframe according to the first indication information when the channel idle evaluation succeeds.
本发明实施例提供的终端设备,可以执行上述图3所示的方法实施例,其实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。The terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present invention can perform the method embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
可选的,在本发明的一种实现方式中,上述子帧类型为特殊子帧或者正常子帧。Optionally, in an implementation manner of the disclosure, the foregoing subframe type is a special subframe or a normal subframe.
可选的,上述处理器61,具体用于根据第一子帧的子帧信息,以及预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,确定第一窗口长度。Optionally, the processor 61 is configured to determine a first window length according to the subframe information of the first subframe and the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length.
若上述第一子帧的子帧信息包括:第一子帧的子帧类型,则上述预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,包括:若第一子帧的类型为特殊子帧,则第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第一预设值;若第一子帧的类型为正常子帧,则第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第二预设值;第一预设值小于第二预设值。 If the subframe information of the first subframe includes the subframe type of the first subframe, the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes: if the type of the first subframe is a special subframe, The length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a first preset value; if the type of the first subframe is a normal subframe, the length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a second preset value; The value is less than the second preset value.
若上述第一子帧的子帧信息包括:第一子帧中的下行符号数量,则上述预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,包括:若第一子帧中的下行符号数量小于第一预设下行符号数量,则第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第三预设值;若第一子帧中的下行符号数量大于或等于第一预设下行符号数量,则第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第四预设值;第三预设值大于第四预设值。If the subframe information of the first subframe includes the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe, the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes: if the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is smaller than The first preset number of downlink symbols, the length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a third preset value; if the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is greater than or equal to the number of the first preset downlink symbols, the first sub The window length corresponding to the frame information is a fourth preset value; the third preset value is greater than the fourth preset value.
若上述第一子帧的子帧信息包括:第一子帧的子帧类型和第一子帧中的下行符号数量,则上述预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,包括:若第一子帧的类型为特殊子帧,且第一子帧中的下行符号数量小于第二预设下行符号数量,则第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第五预设值;若第一子帧的类型为特殊子帧,且第一子帧中的下行符号数量大于或等于第二预设下行符号数量,则第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第六预设值;若第一子帧的类型为正常子帧,则第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第七预设值;第五预设值大于第六预设值,第五预设值小于或等于第七预设值。If the subframe information of the first subframe includes: a subframe type of the first subframe and a downlink symbol number in the first subframe, the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes: If the type of the sub-frame is a special sub-frame, and the number of the downlink symbols in the first sub-frame is smaller than the number of the second preset downlink symbols, the window length corresponding to the first sub-frame information is the fifth preset value; If the type of the frame is a special subframe, and the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is greater than or equal to the number of the second preset downlink symbols, the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is a sixth preset value; If the type of the frame is a normal subframe, the length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a seventh preset value; the fifth preset value is greater than the sixth preset value, and the fifth preset value is less than or equal to the seventh preset value. .
可选的,上述处理器61,还用于在根据第一子帧的子帧信息确定第一窗口长度之前,获取第一子帧的子帧信息。Optionally, the processor 61 is further configured to acquire subframe information of the first subframe before determining the first window length according to the subframe information of the first subframe.
可选的,上述处理器61,具体用于根据第一窗口长度,确定信道空闲评测的随机回退计数初始值,并根据随机回退计数初始值执行信道空闲测评。Optionally, the processor 61 is configured to determine an initial value of the random backoff count of the channel idle evaluation according to the first window length, and perform channel idle evaluation according to the initial value of the random backoff count.
本发明实施例提供的终端设备,可以执行上述图3所示的方法实施例,其实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。The terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present invention can perform the method embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
正如上述实施例所述,本发明实施例涉及的终端设备可以是手机、平板电脑等无线终端,因此,以终端设备为手机为例:图13为本发明实施例提供的终端设备为手机时的结构框图。参考图13,该手机可以包括:射频(Radio Frequency,RF)电路1110、存储器1120、输入单元1130、显示单元1140、传感器1150、音频电路1160、无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)模块1170、处理器1180、以及电源1190等部件。本领域技术人员可以理解,图13中示出的手机结构并不构成对手机的限定,可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。As described in the foregoing embodiment, the terminal device in the embodiment of the present invention may be a wireless terminal such as a mobile phone or a tablet computer. Therefore, the terminal device is used as a mobile phone as an example: FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of the terminal device being a mobile phone according to an embodiment of the present invention. Structure diagram. Referring to FIG. 13, the mobile phone may include: a radio frequency (RF) circuit 1110, a memory 1120, an input unit 1130, a display unit 1140, a sensor 1150, an audio circuit 1160, a wireless fidelity (WiFi) module 1170, and processing. Device 1180, and power supply 1190 and other components. It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the structure of the handset shown in FIG. 13 does not constitute a limitation to the handset, and may include more or less components than those illustrated, or some components may be combined, or different components may be arranged.
下面结合图13对手机的各个构成部件进行具体的介绍:The specific components of the mobile phone will be specifically described below with reference to FIG. 13:
RF电路1110可用于收发信息或通话过程中,信号的接收和发送,特别地,将基站的下行信息接收后,给处理器1180处理;另外,将上行的数据发 送给基站。通常,RF电路包括但不限于天线、至少一个放大器、收发信机、耦合器、低噪声放大器(Low Noise Amplifier,LNA)、双工器等。此外,RF电路1110还可以通过无线通信与网络和其他设备通信。上述无线通信可以使用任一通信标准或协议,包括但不限于全球移动通讯系统(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)、通用分组无线服务(General Packet Radio Service,GPRS)、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE))、电子邮件、短消息服务(Short Messaging Service,SMS)等。The RF circuit 1110 can be used for receiving and transmitting signals during the transmission or reception of information or during a call. Specifically, after receiving the downlink information of the base station, the processing is performed by the processor 1180. In addition, the uplink data is sent. Send to the base station. Generally, RF circuits include, but are not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a Low Noise Amplifier (LNA), a duplexer, and the like. In addition, RF circuitry 1110 can also communicate with the network and other devices via wireless communication. The above wireless communication may use any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to Global System of Mobile communication (GSM), General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Code Division Multiple Access (Code Division). Multiple Access (CDMA), Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), Long Term Evolution (LTE), e-mail, Short Messaging Service (SMS), and the like.
存储器1120可用于存储软件程序以及模块,处理器1180通过运行存储在存储器1120的软件程序以及模块,从而执行手机的各种功能应用以及数据处理。存储器1120可主要包括存储程序区和存储数据区,其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等;存储数据区可存储根据手机的使用所创建的数据(比如音频数据、电话本等)等。此外,存储器1120可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件、闪存器件、或其他易失性固态存储器件。The memory 1120 can be used to store software programs and modules, and the processor 1180 executes various functional applications and data processing of the mobile phone by running software programs and modules stored in the memory 1120. The memory 1120 may mainly include a storage program area and a storage data area, wherein the storage program area may store an operating system, an application required for at least one function (such as a sound playing function, an image playing function, etc.), and the like; the storage data area may be stored according to Data created by the use of the mobile phone (such as audio data, phone book, etc.). Moreover, memory 1120 can include high speed random access memory, and can also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other volatile solid state storage device.
输入单元1130可用于接收输入的数字或字符信息,以及产生与手机的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。具体地,输入单元1130可包括触控面板1131以及其他输入设备1132。触控面板1131,也称为触摸屏,可收集用户在其上或附近的触摸操作(比如用户使用手指、触笔等任何适合的物体或附件在触控面板1131上或在触控面板1131附近的操作),并根据预先设定的程式驱动相应的连接装置。可选的,触控面板1131可包括触摸检测装置和触摸控制器两个部分。其中,触摸检测装置检测用户的触摸方位,并检测触摸操作带来的信号,将信号传送给触摸控制器;触摸控制器从触摸检测装置上接收触摸信息,并将它转换成触点坐标,再送给处理器1180,并能接收处理器1180发来的命令并加以执行。此外,可以采用电阻式、电容式、红外线以及表面声波等多种类型实现触控面板1131。除了触控面板1131,输入单元1130还可以包括其他输入设备1132。具体地,其他输入设备1132可以包括但不限于物理键盘、功能键(比如音量控制按键、开关按键等)、轨迹球、 鼠标、操作杆等中的一种或多种。The input unit 1130 can be configured to receive input numeric or character information and to generate key signal inputs related to user settings and function controls of the handset. Specifically, the input unit 1130 may include a touch panel 1131 and other input devices 1132. The touch panel 1131, also referred to as a touch screen, can collect touch operations on or near the user (such as the user using a finger, a stylus, or the like on the touch panel 1131 or near the touch panel 1131. Operation), and drive the corresponding connecting device according to a preset program. Optionally, the touch panel 1131 may include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller. Wherein, the touch detection device detects the touch orientation of the user, and detects a signal brought by the touch operation, and transmits the signal to the touch controller; the touch controller receives the touch information from the touch detection device, converts the touch information into contact coordinates, and sends the touch information. The processor 1180 is provided and can receive commands from the processor 1180 and execute them. In addition, the touch panel 1131 can be implemented in various types such as resistive, capacitive, infrared, and surface acoustic waves. In addition to the touch panel 1131, the input unit 1130 may also include other input devices 1132. Specifically, other input devices 1132 may include, but are not limited to, a physical keyboard, function keys (such as a volume control button, a switch button, etc.), a trackball, One or more of a mouse, a joystick, and the like.
显示单元1140可用于显示由用户输入的信息或提供给用户的信息以及手机的各种菜单。显示单元1140可包括显示面板1141,可选的,可以采用液晶显示器(Liquid Crystal Display,LCD)、有机发光二极管(Organic Light-Emitting Diode,OLED)等形式来配置显示面板1141。进一步的,触控面板1131可覆盖于显示面板1141之上,当触控面板1131检测到在其上或附近的触摸操作后,传送给处理器1180以确定触摸事件的类型,随后处理器1180根据触摸事件的类型在显示面板1141上提供相应的视觉输出。虽然在图13中,触控面板1131与显示面板1141是作为两个独立的部件来实现手机的输入和输入功能,但是在某些实施例中,可以将触控面板1131与显示面板1141集成而实现手机的输入和输出功能。The display unit 1140 can be used to display information input by the user or information provided to the user as well as various menus of the mobile phone. The display unit 1140 may include a display panel 1141. Alternatively, the display panel 1141 may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), or the like. Further, the touch panel 1131 can be overlaid on the display panel 1141. When the touch panel 1131 detects a touch operation thereon or nearby, the touch panel 1131 transmits to the processor 1180 to determine the type of the touch event, and then the processor 1180 is The type of touch event provides a corresponding visual output on display panel 1141. Although in FIG. 13 , the touch panel 1131 and the display panel 1141 are two independent components to implement the input and input functions of the mobile phone, in some embodiments, the touch panel 1131 and the display panel 1141 may be integrated. Realize the input and output functions of the phone.
手机还可包括至少一种传感器1150,比如光传感器、运动传感器以及其他传感器。具体地,光传感器可包括环境光传感器及接近传感器,其中,环境光传感器可根据环境光线的明暗来调节显示面板1141的亮度,光传感器可在手机移动到耳边时,关闭显示面板1141和/或背光。作为运动传感器的一种,加速度传感器可检测各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小,静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向,可用于识别手机姿态的应用(比如横竖屏切换、相关游戏、磁力计姿态校准)、振动识别相关功能(比如计步器、敲击)等;至于手机还可配置的陀螺仪、气压计、湿度计、温度计、红外线传感器等其他传感器,在此不再赘述。The handset may also include at least one type of sensor 1150, such as a light sensor, motion sensor, and other sensors. Specifically, the light sensor may include an ambient light sensor and a proximity sensor, wherein the ambient light sensor may adjust the brightness of the display panel 1141 according to the brightness of the ambient light, and the light sensor may close the display panel 1141 and/or when the mobile phone moves to the ear. Or backlight. As a kind of motion sensor, the acceleration sensor can detect the acceleration of each direction (usually three axes). When it is still, it can detect the magnitude and direction of gravity. It can be used to identify the gesture of the mobile phone (such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, related games). , magnetometer attitude calibration), vibration recognition related functions (such as pedometer, tapping), etc.; as the mobile phone can also be configured with gyroscopes, barometers, hygrometers, thermometers, infrared sensors and other sensors, no longer repeat .
音频电路1160、扬声器1161以及传声器1162可提供用户与手机之间的音频接口。音频电路1160可将接收到的音频数据转换后的电信号,传输到扬声器1161,由扬声器1161转换为声音信号输出;另一方面,传声器1162将收集的声音信号转换为电信号,由音频电路1160接收后转换为音频数据,再将音频数据输出处理器1180处理后,经RF电路1110以发送给比如另一手机,或者将音频数据输出至存储器1120以便进一步处理。 Audio circuitry 1160, speaker 1161, and microphone 1162 can provide an audio interface between the user and the handset. The audio circuit 1160 can transmit the converted electrical data of the received audio data to the speaker 1161, and convert it into a sound signal output by the speaker 1161; on the other hand, the microphone 1162 converts the collected sound signal into an electrical signal, and the audio circuit 1160 After receiving, it is converted into audio data, and then processed by the audio data output processor 1180, transmitted to the other mobile phone via the RF circuit 1110, or outputted to the memory 1120 for further processing.
WiFi属于短距离无线传输技术,手机通过WiFi模块1170可以帮助用户收发电子邮件、浏览网页和访问流式媒体等,它为用户提供了无线的宽带互联网访问。虽然图13示出了WiFi模块1170,但是可以理解的是,其并不属于手机的必须构成,完全可以根据需要在不改变发明的本质的范围内而省略。 WiFi is a short-range wireless transmission technology. The mobile phone can help users to send and receive emails, browse web pages and access streaming media through the WiFi module 1170, which provides users with wireless broadband Internet access. Although FIG. 13 shows the WiFi module 1170, it can be understood that it does not belong to the essential configuration of the mobile phone, and can be omitted as needed within the scope of not changing the essence of the invention.
处理器1180是手机的控制中心,利用各种接口和线路连接整个手机的各个部分,通过运行或执行存储在存储器1120内的软件程序和/或模块,以及调用存储在存储器1120内的数据,执行手机的各种功能和处理数据,从而对手机进行整体监控。可选的,处理器1180可包括一个或多个处理单元;优选的,处理器1180可集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器,其中,应用处理器主要处理操作系统、用户界面和应用程序等,调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信。可以理解的是,上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器1180中。The processor 1180 is a control center for the handset, which connects various portions of the entire handset using various interfaces and lines, by executing or executing software programs and/or modules stored in the memory 1120, and invoking data stored in the memory 1120, The phone's various functions and processing data, so that the overall monitoring of the phone. Optionally, the processor 1180 may include one or more processing units; preferably, the processor 1180 may integrate an application processor and a modem processor, where the application processor mainly processes an operating system, a user interface, an application, and the like. The modem processor primarily handles wireless communications. It will be appreciated that the above described modem processor may also not be integrated into the processor 1180.
手机还包括给各个部件供电的电源1190(比如电池),优选的,电源可以通过电源管理系统与处理器1180逻辑相连,从而通过电源管理系统实现管理充电、放电、以及功耗管理等功能。The handset also includes a power source 1190 (such as a battery) that powers the various components. Preferably, the power source can be logically coupled to the processor 1180 via a power management system to manage functions such as charging, discharging, and power management through the power management system.
手机还可以包括摄像头1200,该摄像头可以为前置摄像头,也可以为后置摄像头。尽管未示出,手机还可以包括蓝牙模块、GPS模块等,在此不再赘述。The mobile phone can also include a camera 1200, which can be a front camera or a rear camera. Although not shown, the mobile phone may further include a Bluetooth module, a GPS module, and the like, and details are not described herein again.
在本发明实施例中,该手机所包括的处理器1180可以用于执行上述上行信号传输方法实施例,其实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。In the embodiment of the present invention, the processor 1180 included in the mobile phone may be used to perform the foregoing method for transmitting an uplink signal, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
最后应说明的是:以上各实施例仅用以说明本发明的技术方案,而非对其限制;尽管参照前述各实施例对本发明进行了详细的说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改,或者对其中部分或者全部技术特征进行等同替换;而这些修改或者替换,并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本发明各实施例技术方案的范围。 Finally, it should be noted that the above embodiments are merely illustrative of the technical solutions of the present invention, and are not intended to be limiting; although the present invention has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those skilled in the art will understand that The technical solutions described in the foregoing embodiments may be modified, or some or all of the technical features may be equivalently replaced; and the modifications or substitutions do not deviate from the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention. range.

Claims (52)

  1. 一种上行信号传输方法,其特征在于,包括:An uplink signal transmission method, comprising:
    终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一控制信息、第二控制信息以及第三控制信息;所述第一控制信息指示所述终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK,所述第二控制信息指示所述终端设备在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK;The terminal device receives the first control information, the second control information, and the third control information that are sent by the network device, where the first control information indicates that the terminal device sends the first hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel. The second control information indicates that the terminal device sends a second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel.
    若所述第三控制信息指示所述终端设备在所述第一上行信道发送第一上行信息,则所述终端设备根据所述第二控制信息、所述第三控制信息,确定在所述第一上行信道向所述网络设备发送所述第一上行信息、在所述第二上行信道向所述网络设备发送所述第二HARQ-ACK。If the third control information indicates that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, the terminal device determines, according to the second control information and the third control information, that the An uplink channel sends the first uplink information to the network device, and sends the second HARQ-ACK to the network device on the second uplink channel.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 1 further comprising:
    若所述第三控制信息未指示所述终端设备在所述第一上行信道发送第一上行信息,则所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息、所述第二控制信息,确定在所述第一上行信道发送所述第一HARQ-ACK、在所述第二上行信道发送所述第二HARQ-ACK。If the third control information does not indicate that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, the terminal device determines, according to the first control information and the second control information, that The first uplink channel transmits the first HARQ-ACK, and the second uplink channel transmits the second HARQ-ACK.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一上行信道为短物理上行控制信道sPUCCH,所述第二上行信道为扩展物理上行控制信道ePUCCH,或,物理上行共享信道PUSCH。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first uplink channel is a short physical uplink control channel sPUCCH, the second uplink channel is an extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH, or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH .
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一上行控制信息包括以下至少一种信息:探测参考信号SRS、信道状态信息CSI。The method according to claim 3, wherein the first uplink control information comprises at least one of the following: a sounding reference signal SRS, channel state information CSI.
  5. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一上行信道为第一扩展物理上行控制信道ePUCCH,所述第二上行信道为第二ePUCCH,或,物理上行共享信道PUSCH。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first uplink channel is a first extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH, and the second uplink channel is a second ePUCCH or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一上行控制信息包括信道状态信息CSI。The method according to claim 5, wherein the first uplink control information comprises channel state information CSI.
  7. 根据权利要求1-6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二HARQ-ACK对应的第二下行数据信道集合包括所述第一HARQ-ACK对应的第一下行数据信道集合。The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the second downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK comprises the first downlink data channel set corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK .
  8. 根据权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道所占的时域资源不同。 The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel occupy different time domain resources.
  9. 根据权利要求1-8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道在非授权频谱上的同一上行传输中。The method according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are in the same uplink transmission on the unlicensed spectrum.
  10. 一种上行信号传输方法,其特征在于,包括:An uplink signal transmission method, comprising:
    网络设备向终端设备发送第一控制信息、第二控制信息以及第三控制信息;所述第一控制信息指示所述终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK,所述第二控制信息指示所述终端设备在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK;The network device sends the first control information, the second control information, and the third control information to the terminal device, where the first control information indicates that the terminal device sends the first hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledge HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel, The second control information indicates that the terminal device sends a second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel;
    若所述第三控制信息指示所述终端设备在所述第一上行信道发送第一上行信息,则所述网络设备根据所述第二控制信息、所述第三控制信息,确定在所述第一上行信道接收所述终端设备发送的所述第一上行信息、在所述第二上行信道接收终端设备发送的所述第二HARQ-ACK。If the third control information indicates that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, the network device determines, according to the second control information, the third control information, that Receiving, by the uplink channel, the first uplink information sent by the terminal device, and receiving, by the second uplink channel, the second HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 10, wherein the method further comprises:
    若所述第三控制信息未指示所述终端设备在所述第一上行信道发送第一上行信息,则所述网络设备根据所述第一控制信息、所述第二控制信息,确定在所述第一上行信道接收所述终端设备发送的所述第一HARQ-ACK、在所述第二上行信道接收所述终端设备发送的所述第二HARQ-ACK。If the third control information does not indicate that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, the network device determines, according to the first control information and the second control information, that The first uplink channel receives the first HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device, and receives the second HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device on the second uplink channel.
  12. 根据权利要求10或11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一上行信道为短物理上行控制信道sPUCCH,所述第二上行信道为扩展物理上行控制信道ePUCCH,或,物理上行共享信道PUSCH。The method according to claim 10 or 11, wherein the first uplink channel is a short physical uplink control channel sPUCCH, the second uplink channel is an extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH, or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH .
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一上行控制信息包括以下至少一种信息:探测参考信号SRS、信道状态信息CSI。The method according to claim 12, wherein the first uplink control information comprises at least one of the following: a sounding reference signal SRS, channel state information CSI.
  14. 根据权利要求10或11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一上行信道为第一扩展物理上行控制信道ePUCCH,所述第二上行信道为第二ePUCCH,或,物理上行共享信道PUSCH。The method according to claim 10 or 11, wherein the first uplink channel is a first extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH, and the second uplink channel is a second ePUCCH or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一上行控制信息包括信道状态信息CSI。The method according to claim 14, wherein the first uplink control information comprises channel state information CSI.
  16. 根据权利要求10-15任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二HARQ-ACK对应的第二下行数据信道集合包括所述第一HARQ-ACK对应的第一下行数据信道集合。The method according to any one of claims 10-15, wherein the second downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK comprises the first downlink data channel set corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK .
  17. 根据权利要求10-16任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一上 行信道与所述第二上行信道所占的时域资源不同。A method according to any one of claims 10-16, wherein said first The row channel is different from the time domain resource occupied by the second uplink channel.
  18. 根据权利要求10-17任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道在非授权频谱上的同一上行传输中。The method according to any one of claims 10-17, wherein the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are in the same uplink transmission on the unlicensed spectrum.
  19. 一种上行信号传输方法,其特征在于,包括:An uplink signal transmission method, comprising:
    终端设备获取第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在第一子帧的第一符号上发送上行探测参考信号;Receiving, by the terminal device, the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device sends an uplink sounding reference signal on the first symbol of the first subframe;
    所述终端设备根据所述第一子帧的子帧信息确定第一窗口长度;所述第一窗口长度为所述终端设备执行信道空闲评测的竞争窗口长度;所述第一子帧的子帧信息包括如下至少一项:所述第一子帧的子帧类型、所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量;Determining, by the terminal device, a first window length according to the subframe information of the first subframe; the first window length is a contention window length of the terminal device performing channel idle evaluation; and the subframe of the first subframe The information includes at least one of: a subframe type of the first subframe, and a downlink symbol number in the first subframe;
    所述终端设备根据所述第一窗口长度执行信道空闲评测;所述信道空闲评测用于确定是否被允许在所述第一子帧的所述第一符号上发送所述上行探测参考信号;The terminal device performs channel idle evaluation according to the first window length; the channel idle evaluation is used to determine whether the uplink sounding reference signal is allowed to be sent on the first symbol of the first subframe;
    所述终端设备在所述信道空闲评测成功时,根据所述第一指示信息在所述第一子帧的所述第一符号上发送所述上行探测参考信号。When the channel idle evaluation is successful, the terminal device sends the uplink sounding reference signal on the first symbol of the first subframe according to the first indication information.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述子帧类型为特殊子帧或者正常子帧。The method according to claim 19, wherein the subframe type is a special subframe or a normal subframe.
  21. 根据权利要求19或20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据所述第一子帧的子帧信息确定第一窗口长度,包括:The method according to claim 19 or 20, wherein the determining, by the terminal device, the first window length according to the subframe information of the first subframe comprises:
    所述终端设备根据所述第一子帧的子帧信息,以及预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,确定所述第一窗口长度。The terminal device determines the first window length according to the subframe information of the first subframe and the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一子帧的子帧信息包括:所述第一子帧的子帧类型;The method according to claim 21, wherein the subframe information of the first subframe comprises: a subframe type of the first subframe;
    所述预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,包括:The mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes:
    若所述第一子帧的类型为特殊子帧,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第一预设值;If the type of the first subframe is a special subframe, the length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a first preset value;
    若所述第一子帧的类型为正常子帧,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第二预设值;所述第一预设值小于所述第二预设值。If the type of the first subframe is a normal subframe, the length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a second preset value; and the first preset value is smaller than the second preset value.
  23. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一子帧的子帧信息包括:所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量; The method according to claim 21, wherein the subframe information of the first subframe comprises: a number of downlink symbols in the first subframe;
    所述预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,包括:The mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes:
    若所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量小于第一预设下行符号数量,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第三预设值;If the number of the downlink symbols in the first subframe is smaller than the number of the first preset downlink symbols, the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is a third preset value;
    若所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量大于或等于所述第一预设下行符号数量,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第四预设值;所述第三预设值大于所述第四预设值。If the number of the downlink symbols in the first subframe is greater than or equal to the number of the first preset downlink symbols, the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is a fourth preset value; The value is greater than the fourth preset value.
  24. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一子帧的子帧信息包括:所述第一子帧的子帧类型和所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量;The method according to claim 21, wherein the subframe information of the first subframe comprises: a subframe type of the first subframe and a downlink symbol number in the first subframe;
    所述预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,包括:The mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes:
    若所述第一子帧的类型为特殊子帧,且所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量小于第二预设下行符号数量,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第五预设值;If the type of the first subframe is a special subframe, and the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is smaller than the number of second preset downlink symbols, the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is fifth. default value;
    若所述第一子帧的类型为特殊子帧,且所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量大于或等于第二预设下行符号数量,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第六预设值;If the type of the first subframe is a special subframe, and the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is greater than or equal to the number of the second preset downlink symbols, the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is The sixth preset value;
    若所述第一子帧的类型为正常子帧,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第七预设值;If the type of the first subframe is a normal subframe, the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is a seventh preset value;
    所述第五预设值大于所述第六预设值,所述第五预设值小于或等于所述第七预设值。The fifth preset value is greater than the sixth preset value, and the fifth preset value is less than or equal to the seventh preset value.
  25. 根据权利要求19-24任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据所述第一子帧的子帧信息确定第一窗口长度之前,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 19 to 24, wherein before the determining, by the terminal device, the first window length according to the subframe information of the first subframe, the method further includes:
    所述终端设备获取所述第一子帧的子帧信息。The terminal device acquires subframe information of the first subframe.
  26. 根据权利要求19-25任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据所述第一窗口长度执行信道空闲评测,包括:The method according to any one of claims 19 to 25, wherein the terminal device performs channel idle evaluation according to the first window length, including:
    所述终端设备根据所述第一窗口长度,确定信道空闲评测的随机回退计数初始值;Determining, by the terminal device, an initial value of a random backoff count of the channel idle evaluation according to the first window length;
    所述终端设备根据所述随机回退计数初始值执行信道空闲测评。The terminal device performs channel idle evaluation according to the random backoff count initial value.
  27. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备包括:A terminal device, the terminal device includes:
    接收模块,用于接收网络设备发送的第一控制信息、第二控制信息以及第三控制信息;所述第一控制信息指示所述终端设备在第一上行信道发送第 一混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK,所述第二控制信息指示所述终端设备在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK;a receiving module, configured to receive first control information, second control information, and third control information that are sent by the network device, where the first control information indicates that the terminal device sends the first uplink channel a hybrid automatic repeat request to confirm the HARQ-ACK, the second control information instructing the terminal device to send the second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel;
    第一确定模块,用于在所述第三控制信息指示所述终端设备在所述第一上行信道发送第一上行信息时,根据所述第二控制信息、所述第三控制信息,确定在所述第一上行信道向所述网络设备发送所述第一上行信息、在所述第二上行信道向所述网络设备发送所述第二HARQ-ACK。a first determining module, configured to: when the third control information indicates that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, determine, according to the second control information, the third control information, The first uplink channel sends the first uplink information to the network device, and sends the second HARQ-ACK to the network device on the second uplink channel.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备还包括:The terminal device according to claim 27, wherein the terminal device further comprises:
    第二确定模块,用于在所述第三控制信息未指示所述终端设备在所述第一上行信道发送第一上行信息时,根据所述第一控制信息、所述第二控制信息,确定在所述第一上行信道发送所述第一HARQ-ACK、在所述第二上行信道发送所述第二HARQ-ACK。a second determining module, configured to determine, according to the first control information, the second control information, when the third control information does not indicate that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel Transmitting the first HARQ-ACK on the first uplink channel and the second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel.
  29. 根据权利要求27或28所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一上行信道为短物理上行控制信道sPUCCH,所述第二上行信道为扩展物理上行控制信道ePUCCH,或,物理上行共享信道PUSCH。The terminal device according to claim 27 or 28, wherein the first uplink channel is a short physical uplink control channel sPUCCH, the second uplink channel is an extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH, or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一上行控制信息包括以下至少一种信息:探测参考信号SRS、信道状态信息CSI。The terminal device according to claim 29, wherein the first uplink control information comprises at least one of the following: a sounding reference signal SRS and channel state information CSI.
  31. 根据权利要求27或28所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一上行信道为第一扩展物理上行控制信道ePUCCH,所述第二上行信道为第二ePUCCH,或,物理上行共享信道PUSCH。The terminal device according to claim 27 or 28, wherein the first uplink channel is a first extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH, the second uplink channel is a second ePUCCH, or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH .
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一上行控制信息包括信道状态信息CSI。The terminal device according to claim 31, wherein the first uplink control information comprises channel state information CSI.
  33. 根据权利要求27-32任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第二HARQ-ACK对应的第二下行数据信道集合包括所述第一HARQ-ACK对应的第一下行数据信道集合。The terminal device according to any one of claims 27 to 32, wherein the second downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK includes the first downlink data channel corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK set.
  34. 根据权利要求27-33任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道所占的时域资源不同。The terminal device according to any one of claims 27 to 33, wherein the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel occupy different time domain resources.
  35. 根据权利要求27-34任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道在非授权频谱上的同一上行传输中。The terminal device according to any one of claims 27 to 34, wherein the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are in the same uplink transmission on the unlicensed spectrum.
  36. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,所述网络设备包括: A network device, where the network device includes:
    发送模块,用于向终端设备发送第一控制信息、第二控制信息以及第三控制信息;所述第一控制信息指示所述终端设备在第一上行信道发送第一混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK,所述第二控制信息指示所述终端设备在第二上行信道发送第二HARQ-ACK;a sending module, configured to send first control information, second control information, and third control information to the terminal device, where the first control information indicates that the terminal device sends a first hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledge HARQ on the first uplink channel - ACK, the second control information instructing the terminal device to send a second HARQ-ACK on the second uplink channel;
    第一确定模块,用于在所述第三控制信息指示所述终端设备在所述第一上行信道发送第一上行信息时,根据所述第二控制信息、所述第三控制信息,确定在所述第一上行信道接收所述终端设备发送的所述第一上行信息、在所述第二上行信道接收终端设备发送的所述第二HARQ-ACK。a first determining module, configured to: when the third control information indicates that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel, determine, according to the second control information, the third control information, The first uplink channel receives the first uplink information sent by the terminal device, and receives the second HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device on the second uplink channel.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述网络设备还包括:The network device according to claim 36, wherein the network device further comprises:
    第二确定模块,用于在所述第三控制信息未指示所述终端设备在所述第一上行信道发送第一上行信息时,根据所述第一控制信息、所述第二控制信息,确定在所述第一上行信道接收所述终端设备发送的所述第一HARQ-ACK、在所述第二上行信道接收所述终端设备发送的所述第二HARQ-ACK。a second determining module, configured to determine, according to the first control information, the second control information, when the third control information does not indicate that the terminal device sends the first uplink information on the first uplink channel Receiving, by the first uplink channel, the first HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device, and receiving, by the second uplink channel, the second HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal device.
  38. 根据权利要求36或37所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一上行信道为短物理上行控制信道sPUCCH,所述第二上行信道为扩展物理上行控制信道ePUCCH,或,物理上行共享信道PUSCH。The network device according to claim 36 or 37, wherein the first uplink channel is a short physical uplink control channel sPUCCH, and the second uplink channel is an extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH or a physical uplink shared channel. PUSCH.
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一上行控制信息包括以下至少一种信息:探测参考信号SRS、信道状态信息CSI。The network device according to claim 38, wherein the first uplink control information comprises at least one of the following: a sounding reference signal SRS, and channel state information CSI.
  40. 根据权利要求36或37所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一上行信道为第一扩展物理上行控制信道ePUCCH,所述第二上行信道为第二ePUCCH,或,物理上行共享信道PUSCH。The network device according to claim 36 or 37, wherein the first uplink channel is a first extended physical uplink control channel ePUCCH, the second uplink channel is a second ePUCCH, or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH .
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一上行控制信息包括信道状态信息CSI。The network device according to claim 40, wherein the first uplink control information comprises channel state information CSI.
  42. 根据权利要求36-41任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第二HARQ-ACK对应的第二下行数据信道集合包括所述第一HARQ-ACK对应的第一下行数据信道集合。The network device according to any one of claims 36 to 41, wherein the second downlink data channel set corresponding to the second HARQ-ACK includes the first downlink data channel corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK set.
  43. 根据权利要求36-42任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道所占的时域资源不同。 The network device according to any one of claims 36 to 42, wherein the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel occupy different time domain resources.
  44. 根据权利要求36-43任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道在非授权频谱上的同一上行传输中。The network device according to any one of claims 36-43, wherein the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are in the same uplink transmission on the unlicensed spectrum.
  45. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备包括:A terminal device, the terminal device includes:
    获取模块,用于获取第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在第一子帧的第一符号上发送上行探测参考信号;An acquiring module, configured to obtain first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device sends an uplink sounding reference signal on the first symbol of the first subframe;
    确定模块,用于根据所述第一子帧的子帧信息确定第一窗口长度;所述第一窗口长度为所述终端设备执行信道空闲评测的竞争窗口长度;所述第一子帧的子帧信息包括如下至少一项:所述第一子帧的子帧类型、所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量;a determining module, configured to determine a first window length according to the subframe information of the first subframe; the first window length is a contention window length of the terminal device performing channel idle evaluation; and a child of the first subframe The frame information includes at least one of: a subframe type of the first subframe, and a downlink symbol number in the first subframe;
    执行模块,用于根据所述第一窗口长度执行信道空闲评测;所述信道空闲评测用于确定是否被允许在所述第一子帧的所述第一符号上发送所述上行探测参考信号;An execution module, configured to perform channel idle evaluation according to the first window length; the channel idle evaluation is used to determine whether the uplink sounding reference signal is allowed to be sent on the first symbol of the first subframe;
    发送模块,用于在所述信道空闲评测成功时,根据所述第一指示信息在所述第一子帧的所述第一符号上发送所述上行探测参考信号。And a sending module, configured to send the uplink sounding reference signal on the first symbol of the first subframe according to the first indication information when the channel idle evaluation succeeds.
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述子帧类型为特殊子帧或者正常子帧。The terminal device according to claim 45, wherein the subframe type is a special subframe or a normal subframe.
  47. 根据权利要求45或46所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述确定模块,具体用于根据所述第一子帧的子帧信息,以及预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,确定所述第一窗口长度。The terminal device according to claim 45 or 46, wherein the determining module is configured to: according to the subframe information of the first subframe, and the mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length, Determining the first window length.
  48. 根据权利要求47所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一子帧的子帧信息包括:所述第一子帧的子帧类型;The terminal device according to claim 47, wherein the subframe information of the first subframe comprises: a subframe type of the first subframe;
    所述预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,包括:The mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes:
    若所述第一子帧的类型为特殊子帧,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第一预设值;If the type of the first subframe is a special subframe, the length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a first preset value;
    若所述第一子帧的类型为正常子帧,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第二预设值;所述第一预设值小于所述第二预设值。If the type of the first subframe is a normal subframe, the length of the window corresponding to the first subframe information is a second preset value; and the first preset value is smaller than the second preset value.
  49. 根据权利要求47所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一子帧的子帧信息包括:所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量;The terminal device according to claim 47, wherein the subframe information of the first subframe comprises: a number of downlink symbols in the first subframe;
    所述预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,包括:The mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes:
    若所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量小于第一预设下行符号数量,则所述 第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第三预设值;If the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is less than the number of the first preset downlink symbols, The window length corresponding to the first subframe information is a third preset value;
    若所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量大于或等于所述第一预设下行符号数量,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第四预设值;所述第三预设值大于所述第四预设值。If the number of the downlink symbols in the first subframe is greater than or equal to the number of the first preset downlink symbols, the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is a fourth preset value; The value is greater than the fourth preset value.
  50. 根据权利要求47所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一子帧的子帧信息包括:所述第一子帧的子帧类型和所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量;The terminal device according to claim 47, wherein the subframe information of the first subframe comprises: a subframe type of the first subframe and a downlink symbol number in the first subframe;
    所述预设的子帧信息与窗口长度的映射关系,包括:The mapping relationship between the preset subframe information and the window length includes:
    若所述第一子帧的类型为特殊子帧,且所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量小于第二预设下行符号数量,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第五预设值;If the type of the first subframe is a special subframe, and the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is smaller than the number of second preset downlink symbols, the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is fifth. default value;
    若所述第一子帧的类型为特殊子帧,且所述第一子帧中的下行符号数量大于或等于第二预设下行符号数量,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第六预设值;If the type of the first subframe is a special subframe, and the number of downlink symbols in the first subframe is greater than or equal to the number of the second preset downlink symbols, the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is The sixth preset value;
    若所述第一子帧的类型为正常子帧,则所述第一子帧信息对应的窗口长度为第七预设值;If the type of the first subframe is a normal subframe, the window length corresponding to the first subframe information is a seventh preset value;
    所述第五预设值大于所述第六预设值,所述第五预设值小于或等于所述第七预设值。The fifth preset value is greater than the sixth preset value, and the fifth preset value is less than or equal to the seventh preset value.
  51. 根据权利要求45-50任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述获取模块,还用于在所述确定模块根据所述第一子帧的子帧信息确定第一窗口长度之前,获取所述第一子帧的子帧信息。The terminal device according to any one of claims 45 to 50, wherein the obtaining module is further configured to: before the determining module determines the first window length according to the subframe information of the first subframe, Obtaining subframe information of the first subframe.
  52. 根据权利要求45-51任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述执行模块包括:The terminal device according to any one of claims 45 to 51, wherein the execution module comprises:
    确定单元,用于根据所述第一窗口长度,确定信道空闲评测的随机回退计数初始值;a determining unit, configured to determine an initial value of the random backoff count of the channel idle evaluation according to the first window length;
    执行单元,用于根据所述随机回退计数初始值执行信道空闲测评。 And an execution unit, configured to perform channel idle evaluation according to the random backoff count initial value.
PCT/CN2016/095066 2016-08-12 2016-08-12 Uplink signal transmission method, terminal device, and network device WO2018027997A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2016/095066 WO2018027997A1 (en) 2016-08-12 2016-08-12 Uplink signal transmission method, terminal device, and network device
CN201680088328.0A CN109565797A (en) 2016-08-12 2016-08-12 Uplink signal transmission method, terminal device and the network equipment

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2016/095066 WO2018027997A1 (en) 2016-08-12 2016-08-12 Uplink signal transmission method, terminal device, and network device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018027997A1 true WO2018027997A1 (en) 2018-02-15

Family

ID=61161365

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2016/095066 WO2018027997A1 (en) 2016-08-12 2016-08-12 Uplink signal transmission method, terminal device, and network device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN109565797A (en)
WO (1) WO2018027997A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109417799A (en) * 2018-09-28 2019-03-01 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Control instruction transmission method, base station, terminal and storage medium
WO2019214424A1 (en) * 2018-05-11 2019-11-14 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and communication apparatus
CN111800794A (en) * 2019-08-30 2020-10-20 维沃移动通信有限公司 Method and device for determining position of demodulation reference signal
CN112398592A (en) * 2019-08-16 2021-02-23 华为技术有限公司 Feedback information transmission method and communication device

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111800860B (en) * 2019-04-09 2023-06-20 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 Method and apparatus in a node for wireless communication

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103026648A (en) * 2010-11-02 2013-04-03 Lg电子株式会社 Method and apparatus for transmitting control information in radio communication system
CN103209483A (en) * 2012-01-12 2013-07-17 华为技术有限公司 Method, user equipment and base station for transmitting uplink control information
CN103828319A (en) * 2011-09-23 2014-05-28 Lg电子株式会社 Method and apparatus for transmitting uplink control information in wireless communication system

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103026648A (en) * 2010-11-02 2013-04-03 Lg电子株式会社 Method and apparatus for transmitting control information in radio communication system
CN103828319A (en) * 2011-09-23 2014-05-28 Lg电子株式会社 Method and apparatus for transmitting uplink control information in wireless communication system
CN103209483A (en) * 2012-01-12 2013-07-17 华为技术有限公司 Method, user equipment and base station for transmitting uplink control information

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019214424A1 (en) * 2018-05-11 2019-11-14 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and communication apparatus
US11601248B2 (en) 2018-05-11 2023-03-07 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Communication method and communications apparatus
CN109417799A (en) * 2018-09-28 2019-03-01 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Control instruction transmission method, base station, terminal and storage medium
CN109417799B (en) * 2018-09-28 2023-10-31 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Control instruction transmission method, base station, terminal and storage medium
US11895659B2 (en) 2018-09-28 2024-02-06 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. Control instruction transmission method, base station, terminal and storage medium
CN112398592A (en) * 2019-08-16 2021-02-23 华为技术有限公司 Feedback information transmission method and communication device
WO2021032015A1 (en) * 2019-08-16 2021-02-25 华为技术有限公司 Feedback information transmission method and communication apparatus
CN112398592B (en) * 2019-08-16 2021-10-01 华为技术有限公司 Feedback information transmission method and communication device
CN111800794A (en) * 2019-08-30 2020-10-20 维沃移动通信有限公司 Method and device for determining position of demodulation reference signal
CN111800794B (en) * 2019-08-30 2023-12-01 维沃移动通信有限公司 Method and equipment for determining demodulation reference signal position

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN109565797A (en) 2019-04-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11096200B2 (en) Methods, devices and systems for device to device (D2D) data transmission and retransmission
CN111130735B (en) Feedback control method, UE and network equipment
JP7332715B2 (en) Feedback message transmission method and terminal device
WO2018027997A1 (en) Uplink signal transmission method, terminal device, and network device
CN108811151B (en) Method for sending uplink information, terminal equipment and access network equipment
WO2015113202A1 (en) Physical random access channel enhanced transmission method, network device and terminal
WO2021088009A1 (en) Feedback method, feedback device, and storage medium
CN111262670B (en) Hybrid automatic repeat acknowledgement feedback information transmission method and terminal equipment
CN114025388A (en) Data transmission method, related equipment and system
WO2017197949A1 (en) Control method for data transmission, and relevant device
US20220150804A1 (en) Information transmission method and terminal device
JP7221408B2 (en) Uplink transmission method for unlicensed frequency band, terminal and network equipment
CN112788754B (en) Information transmission method and equipment
CN109391378B (en) Communication method, terminal equipment and network equipment
CN111181706A (en) Method and terminal for sending hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement
CN113497680B (en) Hybrid automatic repeat request response feedback method, terminal and network node
CN113473610B (en) Feedback method and device
CN112654093B (en) Information transmission and receiving method, terminal and network side equipment
WO2017193268A1 (en) Uplink data transmission method, terminal device, and network device
WO2018228409A1 (en) Method for transmitting control information, terminal device, and network device
WO2017113401A1 (en) Power information transmission method, terminal device, and network device
US20220159500A1 (en) Sidelink measurement result obtaining method, sidelink measurement result sending method, and terminal
CN111278032B (en) PUCCH (physical uplink control channel) sending method, receiving method, terminal and network side equipment
CN113141629A (en) Periodic resource selection method, side link transmission method and terminal
WO2021160067A1 (en) Power adjustment method and apparatus, and communication device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16912452

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16912452

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1